[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018181405A1 - Laminate, and bag composed of said laminate - Google Patents

Laminate, and bag composed of said laminate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018181405A1
WO2018181405A1 PCT/JP2018/012605 JP2018012605W WO2018181405A1 WO 2018181405 A1 WO2018181405 A1 WO 2018181405A1 JP 2018012605 W JP2018012605 W JP 2018012605W WO 2018181405 A1 WO2018181405 A1 WO 2018181405A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
film
bag
base material
layer
laminate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2018/012605
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
靖也 飯尾
和佳子 仙頭
満 武士田
和弘 多久島
潮美 中川
岸本 好弘
鈴木 梓
可成 青野
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Dai Nippon Printing Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Dai Nippon Printing Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018011912A external-priority patent/JP7056175B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2018011906A external-priority patent/JP7056174B2/en
Application filed by Dai Nippon Printing Co Ltd filed Critical Dai Nippon Printing Co Ltd
Publication of WO2018181405A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018181405A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a laminate and a bag composed of the laminate.
  • a bag made of a flexible packaging material is used as a bag for containing fluid contents such as liquid and powder.
  • a bag has a main-body part in which the contents are accommodated, and a spout part connected to the main-body part and through which liquid passes when the contents are poured out of the bag.
  • the shapes of the main body part and the spout part are defined by a seal part formed by heat-sealing the flexible packaging material.
  • the laminate constituting the soft packaging material includes a base material and a sealant layer that is laminated on the base material and melted by heat sealing.
  • the layer configuration of the laminate is determined from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, for example.
  • the outer surface of the laminate is made of nylon
  • the inner surface of the laminate is made of polyethylene.
  • Nylon contributes to improving the mechanical strength of the laminate, such as puncture resistance.
  • the inner surfaces of the laminate are heat sealed so that a part of the outer edge of the bag remains as an opening.
  • the bag is filled with the contents through the opening. Thereafter, the opening is sealed by heat sealing.
  • the manufacturing process of such a bag may include a process in which a frictional force is generated on the outer surface of the bag. For example, there are a step of pulling out a single bag from a plurality of stacked bags, a step of sliding a bag containing the contents on a conveyance path, and the like. In order to carry out these steps efficiently, it is preferable that the friction coefficient of the outer surface of the bag is small.
  • nylon is hygroscopic.
  • the friction coefficient of the outer surface of a bag will increase because nylon absorbs the water
  • the frictional force generated on the outer surface of the bag is increased, causing a problem in part of the bag manufacturing process.
  • the present invention aims to provide a laminate that can effectively solve such problems.
  • the present invention is a laminate including an outer surface and an inner surface, the laminate having a plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and constituting the outer surface of the laminate, and the inner surface of the laminate
  • the layer which comprises the said outer surface of the said laminated body among the said base materials is a laminated body containing a polyethylene terephthalate or a polybutylene terephthalate.
  • two laminates are prepared and measured after being stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%, and the other of the outer surfaces of the laminate is measured on the other side. 0.24 or less may be sufficient as the static friction coefficient with respect to the outer surface of a laminated body, and a dynamic friction coefficient.
  • two of the laminates are prepared and measured after storage for at least 24 hours in an environment of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. and a humidity of 40 to 60%.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the outer surface of the other laminate are referred to as a normal temperature static friction coefficient and a normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient, and after measuring the normal temperature static friction coefficient and the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient, the two laminates are heated at a high temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%.
  • high temperature high humidity static friction coefficients and high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficients When the static friction coefficient and dynamic friction coefficient of the outer surface of one of the laminates measured after storage for 48 hours in a thermostatic bath with respect to the outer surface of the other laminate are referred to as high temperature high humidity static friction coefficients and high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficients
  • the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and is the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient?
  • the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature coefficient of dynamic friction may be 0.03 or less.
  • the plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate may have a multilayer structure including 10 layers or more.
  • the plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate has a single layer structure, and the polybutylene terephthalate has an IV value of 1.10 dl / g or more and 1.35 dl / g. It may be the following.
  • the base material may have only one plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and the sealant layer may contain linear low density polyethylene.
  • the piercing strength of the laminate is preferably 12N or more.
  • the laminated body may further include a vapor deposition layer located on the surface of the base material.
  • the laminated body may further include a gas barrier coating film positioned on the vapor deposition layer.
  • the laminate according to the present invention comprises at least a first base material constituting the outer surface, a second base material, and a sealant layer constituting the inner surface in this order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side.
  • the first base material includes 51% by mass or more of polyethylene terephthalate or 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and when the first base material includes 51% by mass or more of polyethylene terephthalate, the second base material is It may contain 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate.
  • the laminated body may further include a vapor deposition layer positioned at least between the first base material and the second base material or between the second base material and the sealant layer.
  • the laminated body may further include a gas barrier coating film positioned on the vapor deposition layer.
  • the laminate may further include a printed layer positioned between the first base material and the second base material.
  • the sealant layer may contain linear low density polyethylene.
  • the piercing strength of the laminate is preferably 13N or more.
  • the first base material may include polybutylene terephthalate, and the second base material may include polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the first base material may include polyethylene terephthalate, and the second base material may include polybutylene terephthalate.
  • the present invention is a bag having a main body part and a spout part connected to the main body part, the bag comprising the above-mentioned laminated body and a seal part for joining the inner surfaces of the laminated body.
  • a laminate having puncture resistance and slipperiness can be provided.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view showing a bag produced in Examples B1 to B7. It is a figure which shows the result of the normal temperature drop evaluation of Example B1-B7 and the low temperature drop evaluation at the time of using the bag of the 1st capacity
  • FIG. 1 is a front view showing a bag 10 according to the present embodiment.
  • the bag 10 is configured to accommodate fluid contents such as liquid and powder refilled into a bottle.
  • the bag 10 of the state (state in which the content is not accommodated) before being filled with the content is shown.
  • Various liquids such as liquid detergents and shampoos can be considered as liquids stored in the bag 10.
  • the bag 10 is a gusset type bag configured to be independent.
  • the bag 10 includes an upper portion 11, a lower portion 12, and a side portion 13, and has a substantially rectangular outline in a front view.
  • names such as “upper”, “lower” and “side”, and terms such as “upper” and “lower” refer to a bag based on the state in which the bag 10 is self-supporting with the gusset portion down. It is only a relative representation of the position and direction of 10 and its components.
  • position at the time of transport of the bag 10 or use is not limited by the name and terminology in this specification.
  • the bag 10 includes a main body portion 17 in which contents are accommodated, and a spout portion 20 connected to the main body portion 17.
  • the spout portion 20 is a portion through which the liquid passes when the contents are taken out from the bag 10.
  • the width of the spout portion 20 is narrower than the width of the main body portion 17. For this reason, the user can determine the pouring direction of the content poured out from the bag 10 through the pouring port 20 with high accuracy.
  • the bag 10 includes a surface film 14 that constitutes the front surface, a back film 15 that constitutes the back surface, and a lower film 16 that constitutes the lower portion 12.
  • the lower film 16 is disposed between the front film 14 and the back film 15 in a state where the lower film 16 is folded at the folded portion 16f.
  • the term “surface film”, “back film” and “lower film” described above is merely a partition of each film according to the positional relationship, and the method of providing a film when manufacturing the bag 10 It is not limited by the above terms.
  • the bag 10 may be manufactured using one film in which the front film 14, the back film 15, and the lower film 16 are continuously provided, or one sheet in which the front film 14 and the lower film 16 are continuously provided. It may be manufactured using a total of two films, a film and one back film 15, and a total of three films, one surface film 14, one back film 15, and one lower film 16. May be used.
  • the inner surfaces of the front film 14, the back film 15, and the lower film 16 are joined together by a seal portion.
  • the seal portion is hatched.
  • the seal portion has an outer edge seal portion extending along the outer edge of the bag 10.
  • the outer edge seal portion includes a lower seal portion 12 a extending in the lower portion 12 and a pair of side seal portions 13 a extending along the pair of side portions 13.
  • the seal portion includes a spout seal portion 20 a that defines the spout portion 20.
  • the spout seal part 20a is connected to the side seal part 13a.
  • the upper portion 11 of the bag 10 is an opening 11b. After the contents are stored in the bag 10, the inner surface of the front film 14 and the inner surface of the back film 15 are joined at the upper portion 11, whereby an upper seal portion is formed and the bag 10 is sealed.
  • the side seal part 13a, the spout seal part 20a, and the upper seal part to be described later are seal parts configured by joining the inner surface of the surface film 14 and the inner surface of the back film 15.
  • the lower seal portion 12a is formed by bonding the inner surface of the surface film 14 and the inner surface of the lower film 16, and by bonding the inner surface of the back film 15 and the inner surface of the lower film 16. Including a configured seal.
  • the method for forming the seal portion is not particularly limited.
  • the sealing portion may be formed by melting the inner surfaces of the film by heating or the like and welding the inner surfaces, that is, by heat sealing. Or you may form a seal
  • the surface film 14 and the back film 15 may be provided with easy-opening means 25 for tearing the surface film 14 and the back film 15 to open the spout 20.
  • the easy-opening means 25 may include a notch 26 that is formed in the spout seal 20 a of the spout 20 and serves as a starting point for tearing.
  • a half cut line formed by laser processing, a cutter, or the like may be provided as the easy-opening means 25 in a portion that becomes a path when the spout 20 is torn.
  • the easy-opening means 25 may include notches and scars formed in the region where the spout seal portion 20a is formed in the front film 14 and the back film 15.
  • the scar group may include, for example, a plurality of through holes formed so as to penetrate the front film 14 and / or the back film 15.
  • the scar group may include a plurality of holes formed on the outer surface of the front film 14 and / or the back film 15 so as not to penetrate the front film 14 and / or the back film 15.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a laminated body 30 constituting the front film 14 and the back film 15.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing another example of the laminate 30 that constitutes the front film 14 and the back film 15.
  • the laminate 30 includes a first film 40, a sealant film 70, and an adhesive layer 45 that joins the first film 40 and the sealant film 70.
  • the first film 40 is located on the outer surface 30y side, and the sealant film 70 is located on the inner surface 30x side opposite to the outer surface 30y.
  • the inner surface 30x is a surface located on the content side.
  • the first film 40 includes at least a base material 41 constituting the outer surface 30y.
  • the sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71.
  • the first film 40 may further include a printed layer 38 positioned between the base material 41 and the sealant layer 71. It can be said that the laminate 30 shown in FIG. 2 includes a base material / printing layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer in order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side. Note that “/” represents a boundary between layers.
  • the first film 40 may further include a gas barrier layer 35 positioned between the base material 41 and the printing layer 38. It can be said that the laminate 30 shown in FIG. 3 includes a base material / transparent gas barrier layer / printing layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer in order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side.
  • the base material 41 has only one base material that forms the outer surface 30 y of the laminate 30. That is, the plastic film constituting the base material 41 is only one. As long as there is one plastic film constituting the base material 41 in the laminate 30, the plastic film constituting the base material 41 may be constituted by a single layer or by a plurality of layers. May be. When the plastic film which comprises the base material 41 contains several layers, the plastic film which comprises the base material 41 is a co-extrusion film produced by co-extrusion, for example.
  • the plastic film which is a layer constituting the outer surface 30y in the base material 41 includes polybutylene terephthalate (hereinafter also referred to as PBT) as a main component.
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • the plastic film constituting the base material 41 includes 51% by mass or more of PBT.
  • the advantage that the plastic film which comprises the base material 41 contains PBT is demonstrated.
  • the printing layer 38 can be provided on the substrate 41 containing PBT.
  • PBT has high strength. For this reason, the stab resistance can be given to the bag 10 similarly to the case where the laminated body 30 which comprises the bag 10 contains nylon.
  • PBT has a characteristic that it is less likely to absorb moisture than nylon. For this reason, it can suppress that the base material 41 absorbs a water
  • any of the following first configuration or second configuration may be adopted.
  • the content of PBT in the base material 41 according to the first configuration is preferably 51% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, further 70% by mass or more, particularly preferably 75% by mass or more, and most preferably. 80% by mass or more.
  • the first film 40 can have excellent impact strength and pinhole resistance.
  • PBT used as a main constituent component is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, still more preferably 98 mol% or more, most preferably 100 mol% or more of terephthalic acid as a dicarboxylic acid component.
  • Mol%. 1,4-butanediol as the glycol component is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, still more preferably 97 mol% or more, and most preferably 1,4-butanediol during polymerization. It is not included except by-products generated by the ether bond of butanediol.
  • the base material 41 may contain a polyester resin other than PBT.
  • Polyester resins other than PBT include polyester resins such as PET, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene naphthalate (PBN), and polypropylene terephthalate (PPT), as well as isophthalic acid, orthophthalic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and biphenyldicarboxylic acid.
  • PBT resin copolymerized with dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, ethylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,5 -Diols such as pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, diethylene glycol, cyclohexanediol, polyethylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, polycarbonate diol Min can be mentioned copolymerized PBT resin.
  • dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid
  • ethylene glycol 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,5 -Diols
  • the amount of the polyester resin other than PBT is preferably 49% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. If the addition amount of the polyester resin other than PBT exceeds 49% by mass, the mechanical properties as PBT may be impaired, and impact strength, pinhole resistance, and drawability may be insufficient.
  • the base material 41 may contain, as an additive, a polyester-based or polyamide-based elastomer obtained by copolymerizing at least one of a flexible polyether component, a polycarbonate component, and a polyester component. Thereby, the pinhole resistance at the time of bending can be improved.
  • the additive amount of the additive is, for example, 20% by mass. When the addition amount of the additive exceeds 20% by mass, the effect as the additive may be saturated, or the transparency of the base material 41 may be reduced.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the first film.
  • the base material 41 of the first film 40 is composed of a multilayer structure including a plurality of layers 41a.
  • Each of the plurality of layers 41a may include PBT as a main component.
  • each of the plurality of layers 41a preferably includes 51% by mass or more of PBT, and more preferably includes 60% by mass or more of PBT.
  • the (n + 1) th layer 41a is directly stacked on the nth layer 41a. That is, no adhesive layer or adhesive layer is interposed between the plurality of layers 41a.
  • the reason why the properties of the PBT film are improved by multilayering is estimated as follows.
  • the resins are laminated, even if the resin composition is the same, a layer interface exists, and crystallization is accelerated by the interface.
  • the growth of large crystals beyond the layer thickness is suppressed. For this reason, it is considered that the size of the crystal (spherulite) becomes small.
  • a general multilayering apparatus multilayer feed block, static mixer, multilayer multimanifold, etc.
  • a method of laminating thermoplastic resins sent from different flow paths using two or more extruders in multiple layers using a feed block, a static mixer, a multi-manifold die, or the like can be used.
  • multilayering resin of the same composition it is also possible to introduce the above multilayering apparatus into the melt line from the extruder to the die using only one extruder.
  • the substrate 41 is composed of a multilayer structure including at least 10 layers, preferably 60 layers or more, more preferably 250 layers or more, and even more preferably 1000 layers or more.
  • the size of spherulites in the unstretched raw PBT can be reduced, and the subsequent biaxial stretching can be carried out stably.
  • the yield stress of PBT in the state of a biaxially stretched film can be made small.
  • the diameter of the spherulite in the unstretched raw PBT is 500 nm or less.
  • the stretching temperature (hereinafter also referred to as MD stretching temperature) in the longitudinal stretching direction (hereinafter referred to as MD) when producing a biaxially stretched film by biaxially stretching the unstretched raw material of PBT is preferably 40 ° C. or higher. Yes, more preferably 45 ° C or higher.
  • MD stretching temperature is preferably 40 ° C. or higher.
  • stretching temperature becomes like this.
  • it is 100 degrees C or less, More preferably, it is 95 degrees C or less.
  • the phenomenon that the orientation of the biaxially stretched film does not occur can be suppressed by setting the MD stretching temperature to 100 ° C. or lower.
  • the draw ratio in MD (hereinafter also referred to as MD draw ratio) is preferably 2.5 times or more. Thereby, a biaxially stretched film can be oriented and a favorable mechanical characteristic and uniform thickness can be implement
  • the stretching temperature (hereinafter also referred to as TD stretching temperature) in the transverse stretching direction (hereinafter also referred to as TD) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher. By setting the TD stretching temperature to 40 ° C. or higher, the film can be prevented from being broken.
  • the TD stretching temperature is preferably 100 ° C. or lower. By setting the TD stretching temperature to 100 ° C. or lower, the phenomenon that the orientation of the biaxially stretched film does not occur can be suppressed.
  • the stretching ratio in TD (hereinafter also referred to as TD stretching ratio) is preferably 2.5 times or more. Thereby, a biaxially stretched film can be oriented and a favorable mechanical characteristic and uniform thickness can be implement
  • MD stretch ratio is 5 times or less, for example.
  • TD relaxation rate is preferably 0.5% or more. Thereby, it can suppress that a fracture
  • the TD relaxation rate is preferably 10% or less. Thereby, sagging etc. arise in a biaxially stretched film of PBT, and it can control that thickness unevenness generate
  • the thickness of the layer 41a of the base material 41 shown in FIG. 4 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the thickness of the layer 41a is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and further preferably 75 nm or less.
  • the thickness of the base material 41 is preferably 9 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 12 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the base material 41 is preferably 25 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less.
  • the base material 41 when the base material 41 includes a multilayer structure including a plurality of layers 41a, a part of the plurality of layers 41a may include a polyester resin other than PBT as a main component.
  • the base material 41 may be configured by a plurality of layers 41a including PBT as a main component and a layer 41a including, for example, PET as a main component, which is positioned between two PBT layers 41a. That is, the base material 41 may be configured by alternately laminating layers 41a containing PBT as a main component and layers 41a containing PET as a main component, for example.
  • the base material 41 according to the second configuration is made of a single layer film containing polyester having butylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit.
  • the base material 41 is mainly composed of 1,4-butanediol as the glycol component or an ester-forming derivative thereof and terephthalic acid as the dibasic acid component or the ester-forming derivative thereof, and condenses them. Homo- or copolymer-type polyester obtained.
  • the content of PBT in the base material 41 according to the second configuration is preferably 51% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, further preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and most preferably. Is 90% by mass or more.
  • the base material 41 which concerns on a 2nd structure is comprised only with the polybutylene terephthalate and the additive.
  • PBT having a melting point of 200 ° C. or more and 250 ° C. or less and an IV value of 1.10 dl / g or more and 1.35 dl / g or less is preferable. Furthermore, those having a melting point of 215 ° C. or more and 225 ° C. or less and an IV value of 1.15 dl / g or more and 1.30 dl / g or less are particularly preferable. These IV values may be satisfied by the whole material constituting the base material 41. The IV value can be calculated based on JIS K 7367-5: 2000.
  • the base material 41 which concerns on a 2nd structure may contain polyester resins other than PBT, such as PET, in 30 mass% or less.
  • PET polyester resins other than PBT
  • the base material 41 contains PET in addition to PBT, PBT crystallization can be suppressed, and the stretchability of the PBT film can be improved.
  • blended with PBT of the base material 41 the polyester which uses ethylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit can be used.
  • the base material 41 is a lubricant, an antiblocking agent, an inorganic extender, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant, a plasticizer, a colorant, a crystallization inhibitor, a crystallization accelerator, if necessary. Etc. may be contained.
  • the polyester resin pellets used as the raw material of the base material 41 have a moisture content of 0.05% by weight or less, preferably 0.01% by weight or less before heating and melting in order to avoid a decrease in viscosity due to hydrolysis during heating and melting. It is preferable to use after sufficiently pre-drying so that
  • the crystallization temperature region of the polymer is cooled at a certain rate or more, that is, the raw fabric cooling rate is an important factor.
  • the raw fabric cooling rate is, for example, 200 ° C./second or more, preferably 250 ° C./second or more, particularly preferably 350 ° C./second or more. Since the unstretched original film formed at a high cooling rate maintains a low crystalline state, the stability of the bubbles during stretching is improved. Furthermore, since film formation at high speed is possible, film productivity is also improved.
  • the cooling rate is less than 200 ° C./sec, it is considered that the crystallinity of the obtained unstretched original fabric is increased and the stretchability is lowered. In extreme cases, the stretching bubble may burst and stretching may not continue.
  • the unstretched raw material containing PBT as a main component is conveyed to a space where biaxial stretching is performed while maintaining the atmospheric temperature at 25 ° C. or lower, preferably 20 ° C. or lower. Thereby, even if it is a case where residence time becomes long, the crystallinity of the unstretched original fabric immediately after film-forming can be maintained.
  • the biaxial stretching method for obtaining a stretched film by stretching an unstretched raw fabric is not particularly limited.
  • the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction may be simultaneously stretched by the tubular method or the tenter method, or the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction may be sequentially stretched.
  • the tubular method can obtain a stretched film having a good balance of physical properties in the circumferential direction, and is particularly preferably employed.
  • the unstretched raw material introduced into the stretching space is inserted between a pair of low-speed nip rolls, and then heated by a stretching heater while air is being pressed therein. After stretching, air is blown onto the stretched film by a cooling shoulder air ring.
  • the stretching ratio is preferably 2.7 times or more and 4.5 times or less for MD and TD, respectively, in consideration of stretching stability, strength physical properties of the stretched film, transparency, and thickness uniformity.
  • the stretching temperature is preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 45 ° C. or higher and 65 ° C. or lower. Since the unstretched original fabric produced at the above-described high cooling rate has low crystallinity, the unstretched original fabric can be stably stretched even when the stretching temperature is relatively low. Further, by setting the stretching temperature to 80 ° C. or less, it is possible to suppress stretching bubble shaking and obtain a stretched film with good thickness accuracy. In addition, by setting the stretching temperature to 40 ° C. or higher, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of excessive stretch-oriented crystallization due to low-temperature stretching, thereby preventing whitening of the film.
  • the base material 41 produced as described above is constituted by a single layer containing, for example, polyester having butylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit. According to the above-described production method, since the unstretched raw film is formed at a high cooling rate, even when the unstretched raw fabric is constituted by a single layer, a low crystalline state can be maintained, For this reason, an unstretched original fabric can be extended
  • the printed layer 38 is a layer printed on the base material 41 in order to show product information or impart aesthetics to the bag 10.
  • the print layer 38 expresses characters, numbers, symbols, figures, patterns, and the like.
  • gravure printing ink or flexographic printing ink can be used as a material constituting the printing layer 38.
  • FINAT manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation can be given as a specific example of the ink for gravure printing.
  • the gas barrier layer 35 is formed on the surface on the inner surface 30x side of the base material 41 and includes at least a vapor deposition layer 36 made of an inorganic material.
  • the gas barrier layer 35 may further include a gas barrier coating film 37 located on the surface on the inner surface 30 x side of the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 functions as a layer having a gas barrier function that prevents permeation of oxygen gas, water vapor, and the like. Two or more vapor deposition layers 36 may be provided. When two or more vapor deposition layers 36 are provided, each may have the same composition or a different composition. Examples of the method for forming the vapor deposition layer 36 include physical vapor deposition methods (Physical Vapor Deposition method, PVD method) such as vacuum vapor deposition, sputtering, and ion plating, or plasma chemical vapor deposition, thermal Examples thereof include chemical vapor deposition and chemical vapor deposition (chemical vapor deposition, CVD) such as photochemical vapor deposition.
  • PVD method Physical Vapor Deposition method
  • CVD chemical vapor deposition
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 is preferably formed of a transparent inorganic material such as aluminum oxide (aluminum oxide) or silicon oxide. Since the vapor deposition layer 36 has transparency, the user can visually recognize the printing layer 38 located on the inner surface 30x side from the vapor deposition layer 36 from the outer surface 30y side.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 it is preferable to use an amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 is an amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide represented by the formula AlO X (where X represents a number in the range of 0.5 to 1.5).
  • an amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide in which the value of X decreases in the depth direction from the film surface toward the inner surface can be used.
  • the amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide is represented by the formula AlO X (wherein X represents a number in the range of 0.5 to 1.5), and in the depth direction from the thin film surface toward the inner surface. It is preferable that the value of X is increasing.
  • the value of X in said formula is 0, it is a perfect inorganic simple substance (pure substance), and is not transparent.
  • the decreasing rate of the value of X is determined by using a surface analyzer such as an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (Xray Photoelectron Spectroscopy: XPS) or a secondary ion mass spectrometer (Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy: SIMS).
  • a surface analyzer such as an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (Xray Photoelectron Spectroscopy: XPS) or a secondary ion mass spectrometer (Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy: SIMS).
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 may be a layer made of a mixture of inorganic compounds containing a covalent bond between an aluminum atom and a carbon atom.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 is a covalent bond between an aluminum atom and a carbon atom at a peak measured by ion etching in the depth direction using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (measurement conditions: X-ray source AlK ⁇ , X-ray output 120 W).
  • it may have a gas barrier property that is transparent and that prevents permeation of oxygen, water vapor, and the like.
  • a covalent bond between a metal atom and a carbon atom may be formed at the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the substrate 41.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 contains aluminum oxide
  • a covalent bond between an aluminum atom and a carbon atom can be formed at the interface between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the covalent bond can be detected by measurement by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (hereinafter referred to as “XPS measurement” for short).
  • the abundance ratio of the covalent bond between the aluminum atom and the carbon atom is the total bond including carbon atoms observed when the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the substrate 41 is measured by XPS measurement. It is preferable that it is within the range of 0.3% or more and 30% or less. Thereby, the adhesiveness of the vapor deposition layer 36 and the base material 41 is strengthened, transparency is excellent, and the thing of the performance with a good balance as a gas barrier property vapor deposition film is obtained.
  • the abundance ratio of the covalent bond between the aluminum atom and the carbon atom is less than 0.3%, the adhesion of the vapor deposition layer 36 is not sufficiently improved, and it is difficult to stably maintain the barrier property.
  • the AL (aluminum) / O (oxygen) ratio of the vapor deposition layer 36 containing aluminum oxide as a main component is such that the vapor deposition layer 36 on the opposite side of the base material 41 from the interface between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36. In the range up to 3 nm toward the surface, it is preferably 1.0 or less. If the AL / O ratio exceeds 1.0 within the range from the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the base material 41 toward the surface of the vapor deposition layer 36 on the side opposite to the base material 41, the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer Adhesiveness with 36 becomes insufficient, the proportion of aluminum increases, and the transparency of the vapor deposition layer 36 decreases.
  • the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 is, for example, 20 mm or more and 200 mm, preferably 30 mm or more and 150 mm. If it is less than 30 mm, the gas barrier property may be insufficient even when the gas barrier coating film 37 is used together. On the other hand, if it exceeds 150 mm, the gas barrier performance of the laminate 30 may not be maintained. The reason for this is not clear, but if the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 exceeds 150 mm, the flexibility of the laminated body 30 decreases, and when the laminated body 30 is used for the bag 10, a part of the vapor deposition layer 36 is cracked or pinholed. It is considered that gas barrier properties are reduced due to the occurrence of gas.
  • the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 is preferably 40 mm or more and 130 mm or less, more preferably 50 mm or more and 120 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 can be measured by a fundamental parameter method using, for example, a fluorescent X-ray analyzer (trade name: RIX2000 type, manufactured by Rigaku Corporation).
  • a means for changing the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 a method for changing the deposition rate of the vapor deposition layer 36, a method for changing the vapor deposition rate, or the like can be used.
  • the surface on the inner surface 30x side of the base material 41 may be subjected in advance to corona discharge treatment, flame treatment, plasma treatment, or the like.
  • a pretreatment is performed on the surface of the base material 41 on which the vapor deposition layer 36 is to be formed. Is preferred.
  • the pretreatment is plasma treatment, plasma is supplied to the surface with the base material 41 in a reduced pressure environment of 0.1 Pa or more and 100 Pa or less by the pretreatment apparatus.
  • Plasma uses an inert gas such as argon alone or a mixed gas of oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and one or more of them as a plasma source gas, and the plasma source gas is excited by a potential difference due to a high-frequency voltage or the like. By doing so, it can be generated.
  • an inert gas such as argon alone or a mixed gas of oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and one or more of them as a plasma source gas, and the plasma source gas is excited by a potential difference due to a high-frequency voltage or the like. By doing so, it can be generated.
  • the plasma can be confined in the vicinity of the surface of the base material 41 by the pretreatment. Thereby, the shape of the surface of the base material 41, a chemical bonding state, and a functional group can be changed, and the chemical properties of the surface of the base material 41 can be changed. As a result, the adhesion between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36 can be improved.
  • the 2nd preferable form of the vapor deposition layer 36 is demonstrated.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 may satisfy
  • fill both of the above-mentioned 1st preferable form and the 2nd preferable form demonstrated below can also be considered.
  • a transition region defining the adhesion strength between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36 such as an aluminum oxide vapor deposition film may be formed in the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the transition region is an aluminum hydroxide detected by etching the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film using time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS). Includes a transforming bond structure (Al2O4H).
  • the transition region transformation rate defined by the ratio of the transition region transformed using TOF-SIMS to the aluminum oxide vapor deposition membrane prescribed by etching using TOF-SIMS is preferably 45% or less.
  • Such a form is based on the knowledge that by specifying the metamorphic rate of the transition region, the adhesion strength between the base material 41 and the aluminum oxide vapor-deposited film can be improved, and the laminate 30 having barrier properties can be specified. Is based.
  • transition region metamorphic rate will be explained in detail.
  • etching is performed from the outermost surface of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film by Cs using a time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer, and the element bond of the interface between the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film and the plastic substrate and the element bond of the vapor deposition film are performed. taking measurement. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5, respective measured graphs are obtained for the measured elements and element bonds.
  • intensity H 0 of the graph element C6 is halved position ( The position where the intensity (Intensity) becomes H 1 in FIG. 5) is specified as the interface between the plastic substrate and the aluminum oxide deposition film (the position where the horizontal axis (Cycle) is T 1 in FIG. 5). Further, the surface from the interface to the surface of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film (the position where the horizontal axis (Cycle) is T 0 in FIG. 5) is specified as the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film.
  • the mixing ratio of oxygen gas supplied as plasma gas and argon or helium is 5 to 1, preferably 2 to 1.
  • vapor deposition method for forming a vapor deposition film
  • various vapor deposition methods can be applied among physical vapor deposition and chemical vapor deposition.
  • the physical vapor deposition method can be selected from the group consisting of vapor deposition method, sputtering method, ion plating method, ion beam assist method, and cluster ion beam method.
  • Chemical vapor deposition methods include plasma CVD method, plasma polymerization method, thermal method. It can be selected from the group consisting of CVD method and catalytic reaction type CVD method. In this embodiment, a physical vapor deposition method is preferred.
  • the thickness of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film formed as described above is preferably 3 nm or more and 50 nm or less, and preferably 8 nm or more and 30 nm or less. If it is this range, it will be easy to hold
  • the gas barrier coating film 37 is a layer that functions as a layer that suppresses permeation of oxygen gas, water vapor, and the like.
  • the gas barrier coating film 37 has a general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m (wherein R 1 and R 2 represent an organic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, M represents a metal atom, n represents an integer of 0 or more, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n + m represents a valence of M.) and a polyvinyl alcohol as described above
  • a transparent gas barrier composition that is polycondensed by a sol-gel method in the presence of a sol-gel method catalyst, an acid, water, and an organic solvent. It is done.
  • alkoxide represented by the general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m at least one kind of a partial hydrolyzate of alkoxide and a condensate of hydrolysis of alkoxide can be used. Moreover, as a partial hydrolyzate of said alkoxide, all the alkoxy groups do not need to be hydrolyzed, The thing by which 1 or more was hydrolyzed, and its mixture may be sufficient.
  • the condensate of hydrolysis of alkoxide a dimer or more of partially hydrolyzed alkoxide, specifically, a dimer to hexamer is used.
  • alkoxide represented by the above general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m as the metal atom represented by M, silicon, zirconium, titanium, aluminum, and the like can be used. Examples of preferable metals include silicon and titanium. In the present invention, alkoxides may be used alone or in combination of two or more different metal atom alkoxides in the same solution.
  • R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m specific examples of the organic group represented by R 1 include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, i Examples thereof include alkyl groups such as -propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group and others.
  • alkoxide represented by the general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m specific examples of the organic group represented by R 2 include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, i -Propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, and the like. These alkyl groups in the same molecule may be the same or different.
  • a silane coupling agent or the like may be added.
  • silane coupling agent known organic reactive group containing organoalkoxysilane can be used.
  • an organoalkoxysilane having an epoxy group is preferably used.
  • ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, or ⁇ - (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane and the like can be used.
  • the above silane coupling agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the adhesive layer 45 includes an adhesive for bonding the first film 40 and the sealant film 70.
  • adhesives include ether-based two-component reactive adhesives and ester-based two-component reactive adhesives.
  • ether-based two-component reactive adhesives examples include polyether polyurethane.
  • the polyether polyurethane is a cured product produced by a reaction between a polyether polyol as a main agent and an isocyanate compound as a curing agent.
  • Isocyanate compounds include aromatic isocyanate compounds such as tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), xylylene diisocyanate (XDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and the like.
  • Aliphatic isocyanate compounds or adducts or multimers of the above-mentioned various isocyanate compounds can be used.
  • an aromatic isocyanate compound is used as the curing agent.
  • the lamination strength between the 1st film 40 and the sealant film 70 can be raised more compared with the case where an aliphatic isocyanate compound is used.
  • ester-based two-component reactive adhesive examples include polyester polyurethane and polyester.
  • Polyester polyurethane is a cured product produced by a reaction between a polyester polyol as a main agent and an isocyanate compound as a curing agent.
  • isocyanate compound examples are the same as in the case of the ether-based adhesive described above.
  • the adhesive layer 45 is applied to the first film 40 or the sealant film 70 after the adhesive composition is applied, and then the adhesive composition is dried, and the main agent and the solvent in the adhesive composition are reacted.
  • the adhesive composition is formed by curing.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 45 is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71 that constitutes the inner surface 30 x of the laminate 30.
  • a resin such as polyethylene can be used as a material constituting the sealant layer 71.
  • polyethylene is classified into low density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, and high density polyethylene based on density.
  • the low-density polyethylene density of 0.910 g / cm 3 or more and 0.925 g / cm 3 or less of polyethylene.
  • Medium density polyethylene is polyethylene having a density of 0.926 g / cm 3 or more and 0.940 g / cm 3 or less.
  • the high density polyethylene is polyethylene having a density of 0.941 g / cm 3 or more and 0.965 g / cm 3 or less.
  • Low density polyethylene is obtained, for example, by polymerizing ethylene at a high pressure of 1000 atm or more and less than 2000 atm.
  • the medium density polyethylene and the high density polyethylene are obtained, for example, by polymerizing ethylene at a medium pressure or low pressure of 1 atm or more and less than 1000 atm.
  • the medium density polyethylene and the high density polyethylene may partially contain a copolymer of ethylene and ⁇ -olefin.
  • linear low density polyethylene Even when ethylene is polymerized at an intermediate pressure or a low pressure, when a copolymer of ethylene and ⁇ -olefin is contained, an intermediate density or low density polyethylene can be produced.
  • Such polyethylene is referred to as linear low density polyethylene.
  • the linear low density polyethylene is obtained by introducing a short chain branch by copolymerizing an ⁇ -olefin with a linear polymer obtained by polymerizing ethylene at a medium pressure or a low pressure.
  • ⁇ -olefins include 1-butene (C 4 ), 1-hexene (C 6 ), 4-methylpentene (C 6 ), 1-octene (C 8 ) and the like.
  • the density of the linear low density polyethylene is, for example, 0.915 g / cm 3 or more and 0.945 g / cm 3 or less.
  • the sealant layer 71 includes linear low density polyethylene.
  • the sealant layer 71 includes linear low density polyethylene.
  • the sealant layer 71 may further include a low density polyethylene in addition to the linear low density polyethylene.
  • the tearability of the laminated body 30 can be improved.
  • the sealant layer 71 includes both linear low density polyethylene and low density polyethylene, the content (% by weight) of the linear low density polyethylene is preferably larger than the content (% by weight) of the low density polyethylene.
  • the sealant layer 71 may be a single layer or a multilayer.
  • the thickness of the sealant layer 71 is preferably 80 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 120 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the sealant layer 71 is preferably 170 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 150 ⁇ m or less.
  • the layer structure of the lower film 16 is arbitrary as long as it has an inner surface that can be joined to the inner surface of the front film 14 and the inner surface of the back film 15.
  • the above-described laminate 30 may be used as the lower film 16.
  • a film having an inner surface constituted by a sealant layer and a configuration different from that of the laminate 30 may be used as the lower film 16.
  • the content (% by weight) of the low density polyethylene in the sealant layer of the lower film 16 is the same as that of the low density polyethylene in the sealant layer 71 of the front film 14 and the back film 15. It may be smaller than the content (% by weight).
  • the sealant layer of the lower film 16 may not include low density polyethylene.
  • the thickness of the sealant layer of the lower film 16 is, for example, 60 ⁇ m or more, preferably 80 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 110 ⁇ m or more.
  • a resin material containing PBT as a main component is prepared.
  • the film-like base material 41 is produced by extruding a resin material by a melt extrusion method such as a cast method or a tubular method.
  • an inorganic material such as aluminum oxide may be deposited on the film-like substrate 41 to form the deposited layer 36.
  • a gas barrier coating film 37 may be formed by applying a transparent gas barrier composition on the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the printing layer 38 is formed on the base material 41 or the gas barrier coating film 37.
  • the 1st film 40 provided with the base material 41 and the printing layer 38, or the base material 41, the gas barrier layer 35 containing the vapor deposition layer 36 and the gas barrier coating film 37, and the printing layer 38 are provided.
  • the first film 40 can be obtained.
  • a sealant film 70 including the first film 40 and the sealant layer 71 described above is prepared. Subsequently, the first film 40 and the sealant film 70 are laminated via the adhesive layer 45 by a dry laminating method. Thereby, the laminated body 30 provided with the 1st film 40 and the sealant film 70 can be obtained.
  • an adhesive composition is applied to one of two laminated films. Subsequently, the applied adhesive composition is dried to volatilize the solvent. Then, two films are laminated
  • the front film 14 and the back film 15 which consist of the above-mentioned laminated body 30 are prepared.
  • the lower film 16 in a folded state is inserted between the front film 14 and the back film 15.
  • the inner surfaces of each film are heat-sealed to form seal portions such as a lower seal portion 12a, a side seal portion 13a, and a spout seal portion 20a.
  • the films bonded to each other by heat sealing are cut into an appropriate shape to obtain a bag 10 shown in FIG.
  • the plurality of stacked bags 10 are put into a filling device.
  • the bags 10 are pulled out one by one, and the bags 10 are transported to a place for filling the contents.
  • the contents are filled into the bag 10 through the opening 11 b of the upper portion 11.
  • the upper part 11 is heat-sealed to form an upper seal part.
  • the bag 10 in a state where the contents are accommodated is slid on a conveyance path having a metal surface, and the bag 10 is discharged from the filling device.
  • the bag 10 in which the contents are accommodated and sealed can be obtained.
  • the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back surface film 15 of the bag 10 contains the base material 41 which has PBT as a main component, there can exist the following effect.
  • PBT is excellent in printability.
  • the printing layer 38 can be provided on the substrate 41 containing PBT.
  • PBT has high strength.
  • the puncture strength of the laminate 30 is preferably 12N or more, more preferably 15N or more, and still more preferably 16N or more. The method for measuring the piercing strength will be described in Example A1 described later.
  • PBT has a characteristic that it is less likely to absorb moisture than nylon. For this reason, even if it is a case where the base material 41 containing PBT is arrange
  • the difference from the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 is preferably 0.03 or less.
  • the first film 40 when the laminate 30 includes the gas barrier layer 35, the first film 40 can be provided with a gas barrier property.
  • the sealant layer 71 of the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 contains polyethylene resins, such as a linear low density polyethylene.
  • polyethylene resins such as a linear low density polyethylene.
  • the first film 40 may be made of the base material 41. Further, the first film 40 may be composed of a base material 41 and a gas barrier layer 35 provided on the base material 41.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example of the layer configuration of the stacked body 30 in the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is sectional drawing which shows the other example of the layer structure of the laminated body 30 in 2nd Embodiment.
  • the laminated body 30 contains the 1st film 50, the 2nd film 60, and the sealant film 70 at least in this order.
  • the first film 50 is located on the outer surface 30y side
  • the sealant film 70 is located on the inner surface 30x side opposite to the outer surface 30y.
  • the first film 50 includes at least a first base material 51. Moreover, the 1st film 50 may further contain the printing layer 38 located between the 1st base material 51 and the 2nd base material 61, as shown in FIG.6 and FIG.7. For example, the first film 50 may further include a printing layer 38 provided on the first base material 51.
  • the second film 60 includes at least a second base material 61. Moreover, the 2nd film 60 may further be provided with the vapor deposition layer 36 provided in the 2nd base material 61, as shown in FIG.6 and FIG.7. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the vapor deposition layer 36 is provided on the outer surface 30 y side of the second base material 61. In the example shown in FIG. 7, the vapor deposition layer 36 is provided on the inner surface 30 x side of the second base material 61.
  • the sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71.
  • the laminate 30 shown in FIG. 6 is sequentially from the outer surface side to the inner surface side.
  • First substrate / printing layer / first adhesive layer / deposition layer / second substrate / second adhesive layer / sealant layer It can be said that it has.
  • the laminated body 30 shown in FIG. 7 in order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side, First substrate / printing layer / first adhesive layer / second substrate / deposition layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer, It can be said that it has.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 may be located between the 1st base material 51 and the 2nd base material 61, and may be located between the 2nd base material 61 and the sealant layer 71. .
  • “/” represents a boundary between layers.
  • first film 50 the first adhesive layer 55, the second film 60, the second adhesive layer 65, and the sealant film 70 will be described in detail.
  • the first film 50 includes a first base 51 that constitutes the outer surface 30 y of the laminate 30, a printed layer 38 provided on the inner surface 30 x side of the first base 51, including.
  • the 1st base material 51 contains polybutylene terephthalate as a main ingredient like base material 41 in the above-mentioned 1st embodiment.
  • the 1st base material 51 contains 51 mass% or more PBT.
  • any of the first configuration and the second configuration described with respect to the base material 41 in the first embodiment described above may be adopted.
  • the first adhesive layer 55 includes a first adhesive for bonding the first film 50 and the second film 60.
  • the first adhesive include an ether-based two-component reactive adhesive, an ester-based two-component reactive adhesive, and the like, as in the case of the adhesive layer 45 in the first embodiment described above. be able to.
  • the second film 60 includes a second substrate 61 and a vapor deposition layer 36 provided on the second substrate 61.
  • the 2nd base material 61 contains PET as a main component.
  • the 2nd base material 61 contains 51 mass% or more of PET.
  • the hygroscopicity of the second base material 61 becomes lower than when the second base material 61 contains nylon. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd base material 61 expand
  • the main component of the 2nd base material 61 is PET, 95 mass% or more of content of PET in the 2nd base material 61 may be sufficient.
  • the thickness of the second substrate 61 is preferably 9 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 12 ⁇ m or more. Moreover, the thickness of the 2nd base material 61 becomes like this. Preferably it is 25 micrometers or less, More preferably, it is 20 micrometers or less. By setting the thickness of the second substrate 61 to 9 ⁇ m or more, the second substrate 61 has sufficient strength. Moreover, the 2nd base material 61 comes to show the outstanding moldability by the thickness of the 2nd base material 61 being 25 micrometers or less. For this reason, the process which processes the laminated body 30 and manufactures the bag 10 can be implemented efficiently.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 is a layer provided on the stacked body 30 in order to improve the gas barrier property of the stacked body 30.
  • the vapor deposition layer 36 may be formed of an inorganic material having transparency, such as aluminum oxide (aluminum oxide) and silicon oxide, as in the case of the first embodiment.
  • a gas barrier coating film may be provided on the vapor deposition layer 36 as in the case of the first embodiment. 6 and 7, when the vapor deposition layer 36 is located on the inner surface 30x side of the printing layer 38, the vapor deposition layer 36 may be formed of an inorganic material that does not have transparency.
  • a metal such as aluminum may be used as a material constituting the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the second adhesive layer 65 includes a second adhesive for bonding the second film 60 and the sealant film 70.
  • the second adhesive include ether-based two-component reaction type adhesives.
  • the ether-based two-component reaction type adhesive include polyurethane as in the case of the first adhesive layer 55.
  • Polyurethane is a cured product produced by a reaction between a polyol as a main agent and an isocyanate compound as a curing agent.
  • polyether polyol and polyester polyol can be used as polyol, it is preferable to use polyester polyol.
  • As the curing agent it is preferable to use an aromatic isocyanate compound as in the case of the first adhesive layer 55.
  • the second adhesive layer 65 is formed by, for example, applying the adhesive composition to the second film 60 or the sealant film 70, and then drying the adhesive composition. Also, the main agent and the solvent in the adhesive composition are removed. It is formed by reacting and curing the adhesive composition.
  • the thickness of the second adhesive layer 65 is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71 that constitutes the inner surface 30 x of the laminate 30.
  • a resin such as polyethylene can be used as in the case of the first embodiment described above.
  • the first film 50 and the second film 60 described above are prepared. Subsequently, the first film 50 and the second film 60 are laminated via the first adhesive layer 55 by a dry laminating method. Thereafter, the laminate including the first film 50 and the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 are laminated via the second adhesive layer 65 by a dry laminating method. Thereby, the laminated body 30 provided with the 1st film 50, the 2nd film 60, and the sealant film 70 can be obtained.
  • the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 are laminated by the dry laminating method through the second adhesive layer 65, and then the first film 50, and the laminate including the second film 60 and the sealant film 70,
  • the laminated body 30 may be manufactured by laminating the layers by the dry laminating method through the first adhesive layer 55.
  • an adhesive composition is applied to one of two laminated films. Subsequently, the applied adhesive composition is dried to volatilize the solvent. Then, two films are laminated
  • the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 contains the 1st base material 51 which has PBT as a main component
  • PBT is excellent in printability.
  • the printing layer 38 can be provided on the 1st base material 51 containing PBT similarly to the case of a polyethylene terephthalate (henceforth PET).
  • PBT has high strength.
  • the puncture strength of the laminated body 30 and the bag 10 can be increased similarly to the case where the laminated body constituting the bag 10 includes nylon.
  • the puncture strength of the laminate 30 is preferably 13N or more, more preferably 15N or more, and further preferably 17N or more.
  • PBT has a characteristic that it is less likely to absorb moisture than nylon. For this reason, even if it is a case where the 1st substrate 51 containing PBT is arranged on outer surface 30y of layered product 30, the 1st substrate 51 will absorb moisture and the coefficient of friction of the outer surface of bag 10 will increase. This can be suppressed. For example, there is a large difference between the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 when placed in a room temperature environment and the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 after placed in a high temperature and high humidity environment. It can be suppressed. Thereby, the above-mentioned extraction process and conveyance process of the bag 10 in a filling apparatus can be implemented efficiently.
  • the difference from the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 is preferably 0.03 or less.
  • the second film 60 can be provided with a gas barrier property by providing the second substrate 61 with the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the sealant layer 71 of the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 contains polyethylene resins, such as a linear low density polyethylene.
  • polyethylene resins such as a linear low density polyethylene.
  • the first base material 51 contains 51 mass% or more of PBT
  • the second base material 61 contains 51 mass% or more of PET, whereby the stab resistance and slipping property of the laminate 30.
  • the example which raises is shown.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the first substrate 51 includes 51% by mass or more of PET, and the second substrate 61 includes 51% by mass or more of PBT. May be.
  • PBT of the 2nd base material 61 PBT which concerns on the 1st structure demonstrated by the base material 41 in the above-mentioned 1st Embodiment, or PBT which concerns on a 2nd structure can be used.
  • the second base material 61 contains 51% by mass or more of PBT and the first base material 51 contains 51% by mass or more of PET contributes to the improvement of the dimensional stability, printability and slipperiness of the laminate 30.
  • the first base material 51 since the first base material 51 that is a layer constituting the outer surface 30y of the multilayer body 30 includes PET, the first base material 51 includes the PBT as in the case where the first base material 51 includes PBT. Slidability can be ensured.
  • both the 1st base material 51 and the 2nd base material 61 may contain 51 mass% or more of PBT.
  • the PBT in this case the PBT according to the first configuration or the PBT according to the second configuration described in the base member 41 in the above-described first embodiment can be used.
  • Table 1 summarizes examples of combinations of materials constituting the first base member 51 and the second base member 61.
  • the notation “PBT” means that 51 mass% or more of PBT is contained in the resin constituting the film of the first base material 51 or the second base material 61.
  • the expression “PET” means that 51% by mass or more of PET is contained in the resin constituting the film of the first base material 51 or the second base material 61.
  • the printing layer 38 is provided on the inner surface 30x side of the first base material 51 , but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer surface 30y side of the second base material 61 is provided. Alternatively, the printing layer 38 may be provided on the inner surface 30x side.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and vapor deposition is performed on the inner surface 30x side of the first base material 51.
  • a layer 36 may be provided.
  • the stacked body 30 may not include the vapor deposition layer 36.
  • Arrangement example 1 first base material / first adhesive layer / deposition layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant layer
  • Arrangement example 2 first base material / printing layer / first adhesive layer / deposition Layer / second substrate / second adhesive layer / sealant layer
  • Arrangement Example 3 First substrate / first adhesive layer / printing layer / deposition layer / second substrate / second adhesive layer / sealant layer
  • Example 4 First substrate / first adhesive layer / deposition layer / second substrate / printing layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer
  • Example 5 first substrate / first adhesive layer / second Base material / deposition layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer arrangement
  • example 6 first base material / printing layer / first adhesive layer / second base material / deposition layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer arrangement
  • example 7 First base material / first adhesive layer / printing layer / second base material / evaporation layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer
  • the transparent vapor-deposited layer may satisfy both the first preferred form and the second preferred form described in the first embodiment, or may satisfy only one form, both. It is not necessary to satisfy the form. Further, a laminate in which the vapor deposition layer is deleted from each of the above arrangement examples 1 to 13 is also included in the example of the laminate 30 of the present embodiment.
  • the bag 10 is a gusset type bag
  • the specific configuration of the bag 10 is not particularly limited.
  • the bag 10 may be a so-called four-side sealed bag formed by joining the inner surfaces of the front film 14 and the back film 15 made of the laminate 30 at the upper part 11, the lower part 12 and the side part 13.
  • the bag 10 may not include the spout portion 20.
  • the bag 10 may be a gusseted bag that does not include the spout portion 20 and is configured to be self-supporting.
  • the bag 10 is a refill bag that contains a fluid content such as liquid or powder refilled into a bottle.
  • a fluid content such as liquid or powder refilled into a bottle.
  • the use of the bag 10 is not limited to the refill bag.
  • the user may use the contents stored in the bag 10 as they are without refilling them into bottles.
  • the laminate 30 is used as a packaging material that forms the front film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 has been shown.
  • the use of the laminated body 30 is not limited to the packaging material for constituting the bag.
  • the laminate 30 may be used as a label or sheet material that is not a sealed container such as a bag.
  • Examples A1 to A2, B1 to B7, C1, and Comparative Example A1 described below are examples related to the case where there is only one plastic film constituting the base material of the laminate described in the first embodiment. It is. Examples D1 to D3, E1 to E7, F1, and Comparative Example D1 are examples related to the case where there are two plastic films constituting the base material of the laminated body described in the second embodiment. First, Examples A1 to A2, B1 to B7, C1, and Comparative Example A1 will be described.
  • Example A1 A film-like base material 41 including a plurality of layers 41a described in the first configuration and manufactured by a casting method was prepared.
  • the content of PBT in each layer 41a was 80%, the number of layers 41a was 1024, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 15 ⁇ m.
  • the print layer 38 was formed on the film-like base material 41 using a finart manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation.
  • the thickness of the printing layer 38 was 1 ⁇ m.
  • the 1st film 40 containing the base material 41 and the printing layer 38 was produced.
  • a film-like sealant film 70 including the sealant layer 71 was prepared.
  • a material constituting the sealant layer 71 a mixture of the following three types of resins at the following weight% was used.
  • Slip agent masterbatch based on low density polyethylene density: 0.921 g / cm 3 , MFR: 5.4
  • 1.5% by weight MFR means melt flow rate.
  • the thickness of the sealant layer 71 was 120 ⁇ m.
  • the first film 40 and the sealant film 70 were laminated by the dry laminating method through the adhesive layer 45 to obtain the laminated body 30.
  • the adhesive layer 45 a material containing Takelac (registered trademark) A-310 manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. as the main agent and Takenate (registered trademark) A-3 manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. as the curing agent was used.
  • A-310 contains a polyol.
  • A-3 contains an aromatic isocyanate compound.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 45 was 3 ⁇ m.
  • the piercing strength of the laminate 30 was measured in accordance with JIS Z1707 7.4.
  • Tensilon universal material testing machine RTC-1310 manufactured by A & D was used as a measuring instrument. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, a semicircular needle 80 having a diameter of 1.0 mm and a tip shape radius of 0.5 mm from the outer surface 30y side with respect to the test piece of the laminated body 30 in a fixed state. was pierced at a speed of 50 mm / min (50 mm per minute), and the maximum value of stress until the needle 80 penetrated the laminate 30 was measured.
  • the maximum value of stress was measured, and the average value was defined as the piercing strength of the laminate 30.
  • the environment during the measurement was a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. As a result, the piercing strength was 15N.
  • the slipperiness of the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 was evaluated.
  • the friction coefficient of the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 was measured.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient between the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 and the metal surface, and the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient between the outer surfaces 30y of the laminate 30 were measured.
  • the measurement was performed according to JIS K-7125 using a friction measuring instrument TR-2 manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho. Aluminum was used as the metal constituting the metal surface.
  • the laminate 30 was cut to prepare a test piece having a width of 70 mm and a length of 152 mm. Subsequently, after the test piece is stored in a room at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. and a humidity of 40 to 60% for at least 24 hours, the test piece is placed on the metal surface so that the outer surface of the test piece is in contact with the metal surface. did. Subsequently, a thread including a member having a width of 63 mm and a length of 63 mm and having a mass of 200 g was placed on the test piece. Subsequently, the test piece was slid on the metal surface at a speed of 100 mm / min.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient of the outer surface of the test piece were calculated based on the force applied to the test piece when sliding started and the force applied to the test piece during the activity. As a result, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient were 0.11 and 0.11.
  • the environment at the time of measurement was a standard state specified in JIS K7100, and the temperature was 23 ° C. and the humidity was 50%.
  • the outer surface of the test piece was the same as in the case of the first measurement except that the test piece was stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%, and then placed on the metal surface. The coefficient of static friction and the coefficient of dynamic friction were measured.
  • Example A2 As the base material 41 of the first film 40, the PBT containing 51% by mass described in the second configuration described above is included, the melting point of the PBT is 224 ° C., and the IV value is 1.26 dl / g.
  • a laminate 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example A1, except that the produced single-layer film was used.
  • the base material 41 was a single layer film composed only of PBT and an additive, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 15 ⁇ m.
  • Example A1 the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 16N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows. First measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.12 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.10 Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.14 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.13 Third measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.20 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.22 -Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.22 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.22
  • Comparative Example A1 A laminate 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a nylon film having a thickness of 15 ⁇ m (bonile W manufactured by Kojin Holdings Co., Ltd.) was used as the base material 41 of the first film 40.
  • a nylon film having a thickness of 15 ⁇ m bonile W manufactured by Kojin Holdings Co., Ltd.
  • Example A1 The measurement results of Example A1, the static friction coefficient of the laminate of the A2 and Comparative Example A1 mu S and the dynamic friction coefficient mu D, are summarized in Figure 9. Moreover, the layer structure and evaluation result of the laminated body of Example A1, A2 and Comparative Example A1 are collectively shown in FIG. In FIG. 10, in the “layer configuration” column, the components of the laminate excluding the adhesive layer are listed from the top in order from the outer surface side layer.
  • the static friction coefficient high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient
  • the dynamic friction coefficient high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient
  • the static friction coefficient and dynamic friction coefficient for the laminate 30 were 0.25 or more.
  • the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.07
  • the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient is 0.06.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the metal surface are 0 even when the laminated body 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment.
  • the static friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) for the laminate 30 were 0.24 or less.
  • the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient was 0.03 or less, more specifically 0.02 or less.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient on the metal surface are 0.10 or less even when the laminate 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient for the laminate 30 were 0.18 or less.
  • Example B1 As a packaging material (hereinafter also referred to as a body material) constituting the front film 14 and the back film 15, a laminate having the following layer structure was prepared.
  • Base material / deposition layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer As the base material 41, a PBT film including a plurality of layers 41a described in the above first configuration, produced by a casting method, and deposited with aluminum is used. Using. The content of PBT in each layer 41a was 80%, the number of layers 41a was 1024, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 12 ⁇ m.
  • As the sealant layer a 100 ⁇ m thick polyethylene film containing linear low density polyethylene was used.
  • the laminated body which has the following layer structure as a packaging material (henceforth a bottom material) which comprises the lower film 16 was prepared.
  • Base material / deposition layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer As the base material, a PBT film having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m on which aluminum was vapor-deposited was used as in the case of the above-mentioned body.
  • sealant layer a polyethylene film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m containing linear low density polyethylene was used.
  • the bag 10 was produced using the above-mentioned body material and bottom material. Thereafter, water was filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 was heat sealed. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 11, the bottom gusset type bag 10 in which the upper part 11 was sealed was obtained.
  • the bag 10 (hereinafter also referred to as the first capacity bag 10) containing 200 ml of water and the bag 10 (hereinafter referred to as second capacity bag) containing 250 ml of stored water. 2 types) were also prepared.
  • the height S1 of the bag 10 was 180 mm and the width S2 was 130 mm.
  • the height S3 of the folded lower film 16, that is, the height from the lower end portion of the bag 10 to the folded portion 16f was 35 mm.
  • a test (hereinafter also referred to as a vertical drop test) in which the bag 10 held so that the lower portion 12 is positioned below is dropped from a height of 1.5 m (hereinafter also referred to as a vertical drop test) was repeatedly performed 10 times. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in either the first capacity bag 10 or the second capacity bag 10.
  • the low temperature drop evaluation was implemented using the sample different from what was used by the normal temperature drop evaluation.
  • the low temperature drop evaluation first, each of the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10 was cooled to 3 ° C. Subsequently, for each of the first-capacity bag 10 and the second-capacity bag 10 cooled to 3 ° C., is the bag 10 dropped in an environment of room temperature (about 20 ° C.) and the bag 10 breaks? Inspected for no.
  • the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test described above were performed on each of the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10 as in the case of the room temperature drop evaluation. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B2 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 90 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B3 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 80 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • the drop height was set to 1.0 m instead of 1.5 m, no bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • Examples B4 to B7 to be described later when the drop height was 1.0 m, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test at a low temperature.
  • Example B4 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 70 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • the drop height was set to 1.0 m instead of 1.5 m, no bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • the drop height was 1.0 m, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test at room temperature.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • the first capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test occurred in the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B5 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 60 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • the first capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • the first capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test occurred in the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B6 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 50 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • Example B7 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 30 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • the bag 10 When 200 ml of water is stored in the bag 10, as shown in FIG. 12, the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m or more, so that a horizontal drop for normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 90 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.
  • the bag 10 When 250 ml of water is stored in the bag 10, as shown in FIG. 13, the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 70 ⁇ m or more, so that the horizontal drop of the normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the trunk including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 90 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.
  • Example C1 A film-like base material 41 including a plurality of layers 41a described in the first configuration and manufactured by a casting method was prepared.
  • the content of PBT in each layer 41a was 80%, the number of layers 41a was 1024, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 12 ⁇ m.
  • plasma pretreatment for introducing plasma from a plasma supply nozzle was performed on the surface of the base material 41 while the base material 41 was wound around the pretreatment drum and transported at a transport speed of 400 m / min.
  • the conditions for the plasma pretreatment are as follows.
  • Plasma intensity 150 W ⁇ sec / m 2
  • Plasma forming gas Argon 1200 (sccm), oxygen 3000 (sccm) ⁇
  • Applied voltage between pretreatment drum and plasma supply nozzle 340V ⁇ Vacuum degree around the pretreatment drum: 3.8 Pa
  • an aluminum oxide vapor deposition film having a thickness of 12 nm was formed on the surface of the base material 41 subjected to the plasma pretreatment by a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • the film forming conditions are as follows. ⁇ Degree of vacuum: 8.1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa ⁇ Conveying speed: 400m / min The transmittance of light with a wavelength of 366 nm in the obtained aluminum oxide deposited film was 92%.
  • a barrier coating agent was coated on the aluminum oxide deposited film by a spin coating method. Then, it heat-processed in 180 degreeC for 60 second (s), and formed the transparent gas barrier coating film about 400 nm thick on the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film. Thus, the 1st film 40 which has the base material 41 with which the transparent vapor deposition layer and the gas barrier coating film were provided was obtained.
  • the procedure for creating the barrier coating agent is as follows. First, 385 g of water, 67 g of isopropyl alcohol and 9.1 g of 0.5N hydrochloric acid were mixed, and 175 g of tetraethoxysilane and 9.2 g of glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane were cooled to 10 ° C. in a solution adjusted to pH 2.2. Solution A was prepared by mixing. Further, a solution B was prepared by mixing 14.7 g of polyvinyl alcohol having a degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a polymerization degree of 2400, 324 g of water, and 17 g of isopropyl alcohol. A solution obtained by mixing A liquid and B liquid in a weight ratio of 6.5: 3.5 was used as a barrier coating agent.
  • the first film 40 and the sealant film 70 were laminated by a dry laminating method to obtain a laminate 30. Since the laminated body 30 has a transparent vapor deposition layer and a gas barrier coating film, the gas barrier property of the laminated body 30 could be improved.
  • Example D1 Similar to the case of Example A1 described above, a film-like first base material 51 including a plurality of layers and manufactured by a casting method, which was described in the first configuration, was prepared. The content of PBT in each layer was 80%, the number of layers was 1024, and the thickness of the first base material 51 was 15 ⁇ m. Subsequently, the print layer 38 was formed on the film-like first base material 51 using a final manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation. The thickness of the printing layer 38 was 1 ⁇ m. Thus, the 1st film 50 containing the 1st base material 51 and the printing layer 38 was produced.
  • the 2nd base material 61 containing 100 mass% PET was prepared.
  • the thickness of the second substrate 61 was 12 ⁇ m.
  • aluminum was vapor-deposited on the surface on the outer surface 30 y side of the second base material 61 to form a vapor deposition layer 36.
  • the 2nd film 60 containing the 2nd base material 61 and the vapor deposition layer 36 was produced.
  • a film-like sealant film 70 including the sealant layer 71 was prepared.
  • a material constituting the sealant layer 71 a mixture of the following three types of resins at the following weight% was used.
  • Slip agent masterbatch based on low density polyethylene density: 0.921 g / cm 3 , MFR: 5.4
  • 1.5% by weight MFR means melt flow rate.
  • the thickness of the sealant layer 71 was 120 ⁇ m.
  • the adhesive of the first adhesive layer 55 includes Takelac (registered trademark) A-310 made by Mitsui Chemicals as the main agent, and Takenate (registered trademark) A-3 made by Mitsui Chemicals as the curing agent. A thing was used.
  • A-310 contains a polyol.
  • A-3 contains an aromatic isocyanate compound.
  • the thickness of the first adhesive layer 55 was 3 ⁇ m.
  • the laminate of the first film 50 and the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 were laminated by the dry laminating method through the second adhesive layer 65 to obtain the laminate 30.
  • the second adhesive layer 65 includes Takelac (registered trademark) A-310 manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. as the main agent, and Takenate (registered by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) as the curing agent. (Trademark) A material containing A-3 was used. The thickness of the second adhesive layer 65 was 3 ⁇ m.
  • the first base material, the printing layer, the first adhesive layer, the vapor deposition layer, the second base material, the second adhesive layer, and the sealant layer are sequentially laminated from the outer surface side. It is a thing.
  • Example A1 the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows. First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.11 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.11 Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.14 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.13 Third measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.21 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.22 -Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.24 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.24
  • Example D2 As the first substrate 51 of the first film 50, the PBT containing 51% by mass described in the second configuration is included, the melting point of the PBT is 224 ° C., the IV value is 1.26 dl / g, and the tubular A laminate 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the single-layer film produced by the method was used.
  • the first base 51 was a single layer film composed only of PBT and additives, and the thickness of the first base 51 was 15 ⁇ m.
  • Example A1 the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows. First measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.12 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.10 Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.14 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.13 Third measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.20 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.22 -Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.22 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.22
  • Example D3 Example except that PBT constituting the first substrate 51 of Example D1 was used as the second substrate 61 and PET constituting the second substrate 61 of Example D1 was used as the first substrate 51
  • the laminated body 30 was produced like the case of D1.
  • Example A1 the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows. First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.11 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.09 Second measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.10 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.10 Third measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.18 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.18 -Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.18 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.17
  • Comparative Example D1 A laminated body 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example D1, except that a nylon film having a thickness of 15 ⁇ m (bonile W manufactured by Kojin Holdings Co., Ltd.) was used as the first substrate 51 of the first film 50. .
  • Example A1 the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows. First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.13 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.13 Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.16 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.15 Third measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.20 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.19 -Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.27 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.25
  • FIG. 15 The measurement results of the static friction coefficient ⁇ S and the dynamic friction coefficient ⁇ D of the laminates of Examples D1 to D3 and Comparative Example D1 are collectively shown in FIG. Further, the layer configurations and evaluation results of the laminates of Examples D1 to D3 and Comparative Example D1 are collectively shown in FIG. In FIG. 15, in the “layer configuration” column, the components of the laminate excluding the adhesive layer are described from the top in order from the outer surface side layer.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the metal surface are 0.15.
  • the static friction coefficient (high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) with respect to the laminate 30 were 0.25 or more. Further, regarding the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates, the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.07, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient is 0.06.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the metal surface are 0 even when the laminated body 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment.
  • the static friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) for the laminate 30 were 0.24 or less.
  • the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient was 0.03 or less, more specifically 0.02 or less.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient on the metal surface are 0.10 or less even when the laminate 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment.
  • the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient for the laminate 30 were 0.18 or less.
  • Example E1 As a packaging material (hereinafter also referred to as a body material) constituting the front film 14 and the back film 15, a laminate having the following layer structure was prepared.
  • the first base material as in Example A1, the first configuration has been described.
  • a PBT film including a plurality of layers and produced by a casting method was used. The content of PBT in each layer was 80%, the number of layers was 1024, and the thickness of the first substrate was 12 ⁇ m.
  • As the deposition layer and the second substrate a PET film having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m on which aluminum was deposited was used.
  • As the sealant layer a 100 ⁇ m thick polyethylene film containing linear low density polyethylene was used.
  • the laminated body which has the following layer structure as a packaging material (henceforth a bottom material) which comprises the lower film 16 was prepared.
  • a PBT film having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m is the same as in the case of the above-mentioned body.
  • a PET film having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m on which aluminum was vapor-deposited was used as in the case of the above-mentioned body.
  • the sealant layer a polyethylene film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m including linear low density polyethylene was used.
  • Example B1 a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed.
  • a capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example E2 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 90 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example E3 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 80 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example E4 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 70 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • the first capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.
  • the second capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • Example E5 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 60 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • the first capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test occurred in the second capacity bag 10.
  • Example E6 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 50 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • Example E7 A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 30 ⁇ m. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.
  • Example B1 a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1.
  • the first capacity bag 10 no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.
  • bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.
  • Example B1 a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed.
  • FIG. 16 shows the results of room temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples E1 to E7 when the first capacity bag 10 is used.
  • FIG. 17 collectively shows the results of room temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples E1 to E7 when the second capacity bag 10 is used.
  • OK means that no bag breakage occurred in the bag 10 after the dropping was repeated 10 times.
  • NG means that the bag 10 was broken during or after the fall was repeated 10 times.
  • the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m or more, so that a horizontal drop for normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body material including the sealant layer having a thickness of 70 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body material including the sealant layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.
  • the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m or more, so that a horizontal drop for normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body material including the sealant layer having a thickness of 70 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.
  • Example F1 The 1st film 50 was produced using the base material 41 with which the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film and gas barrier coating film which were demonstrated in the above-mentioned Example C1 were provided as the 1st base material 51.
  • FIG. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example D1, the first film 50, the second film 60, and the sealant film 70 were laminated by a dry laminating method to obtain a laminate 30. Since the laminated body 30 has a transparent vapor deposition layer and a gas barrier coating film, the gas barrier property of the laminated body 30 could be improved.

Landscapes

  • Bag Frames (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a laminate having penetration resistance and sliding properties. A laminate including an outer surface and an inner surface is provided with: a substrate constituting the outer layer of the laminate and having a plastic film that includes 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate; and a sealant layer constituting the inner surface of the laminate. The layer of the substrate that constitutes the outer surface of the laminate includes polyethylene terephthalate or polybutylene terephthalate.

Description

積層体及び該積層体で構成される袋Laminated body and bag composed of the laminated body

 本発明は、積層体及び該積層体で構成される袋に関する。 The present invention relates to a laminate and a bag composed of the laminate.

 液体や粉体などの流動性を有する内容物を収容するための袋として、軟包装材から構成された袋が用いられている。袋は、内容物が収容される本体部と、本体部に接続され、袋から内容物を注出する際に液体が通る注出口部と、を有する。本体部及び注出口部の形状は、軟包装材をヒートシールすることによって形成されるシール部によって画定される。 A bag made of a flexible packaging material is used as a bag for containing fluid contents such as liquid and powder. A bag has a main-body part in which the contents are accommodated, and a spout part connected to the main-body part and through which liquid passes when the contents are poured out of the bag. The shapes of the main body part and the spout part are defined by a seal part formed by heat-sealing the flexible packaging material.

 軟包装材を構成する積層体は、基材と、基材に積層され、ヒートシールによって溶融するシーラント層と、を備える。積層体の層構成は、例えば機械的強度の観点から決定される。例えば特許文献1においては、積層体の外面がナイロンによって構成され、積層体の内面がポリエチレンによって構成されている。ナイロンは、耐突き刺し性などの、積層体の機械的強度の向上に寄与する。 The laminate constituting the soft packaging material includes a base material and a sealant layer that is laminated on the base material and melted by heat sealing. The layer configuration of the laminate is determined from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, for example. For example, in Patent Document 1, the outer surface of the laminate is made of nylon, and the inner surface of the laminate is made of polyethylene. Nylon contributes to improving the mechanical strength of the laminate, such as puncture resistance.

特開平10-218204号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-218204

 袋の製造工程においては、袋の外縁の一部が開口部として残るように積層体の内面同士をヒートシールする。次に、開口部を介して袋に内容物を充填する。その後、ヒートシールによって開口部を封止する。このようにして、内容物が収容された袋を得ることができる。このような袋の製造工程は、袋の外面に摩擦力が生じる工程を含むことがある。例えば、積み重ねられた複数の袋から1枚の袋を引き抜く工程や、内容物が収容された状態の袋を搬送路上で滑らせる工程などである。これらの工程を効率良く実施するためには、袋の外面の摩擦係数が小さいことが好ましい。 In the bag manufacturing process, the inner surfaces of the laminate are heat sealed so that a part of the outer edge of the bag remains as an opening. Next, the bag is filled with the contents through the opening. Thereafter, the opening is sealed by heat sealing. In this way, a bag containing the contents can be obtained. The manufacturing process of such a bag may include a process in which a frictional force is generated on the outer surface of the bag. For example, there are a step of pulling out a single bag from a plurality of stacked bags, a step of sliding a bag containing the contents on a conveyance path, and the like. In order to carry out these steps efficiently, it is preferable that the friction coefficient of the outer surface of the bag is small.

 ところで、ナイロンは吸湿性を有する。このため、積層体の外面、すなわち袋の外面がナイロンによって構成されている場合、ナイロンが周囲雰囲気の水分などを吸収することによって袋の外面の摩擦係数が増加してしまう。この結果、袋の外面に生じる摩擦力が大きくなり、袋の製造工程の一部に支障が生じることが考えられる。 By the way, nylon is hygroscopic. For this reason, when the outer surface of a laminated body, ie, the outer surface of a bag, is comprised with nylon, the friction coefficient of the outer surface of a bag will increase because nylon absorbs the water | moisture content etc. of ambient atmosphere. As a result, it is considered that the frictional force generated on the outer surface of the bag is increased, causing a problem in part of the bag manufacturing process.

 本発明は、このような課題を効果的に解決し得る積層体を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention aims to provide a laminate that can effectively solve such problems.

 本発明は、外面及び内面を含む積層体であって、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含むプラスチックフィルムを有し、前記積層体の前記外面を構成する基材と、前記積層体の前記内面を構成するシーラント層と、を備え、前記基材のうち前記積層体の前記外面を構成する層は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート又はポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む、積層体である。 The present invention is a laminate including an outer surface and an inner surface, the laminate having a plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and constituting the outer surface of the laminate, and the inner surface of the laminate The layer which comprises the said outer surface of the said laminated body among the said base materials is a laminated body containing a polyethylene terephthalate or a polybutylene terephthalate.

 本発明による積層体において、前記積層体を2つ準備し、温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管した後に測定される、一方の前記積層体の外面の、他方の前記積層体の外面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が、0.24以下であってもよい。 In the laminate according to the present invention, two laminates are prepared and measured after being stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%, and the other of the outer surfaces of the laminate is measured on the other side. 0.24 or less may be sufficient as the static friction coefficient with respect to the outer surface of a laminated body, and a dynamic friction coefficient.

 本発明による積層体において、前記積層体を2つ準備し、温度20~30℃及び湿度40~60%の環境において少なくとも24時間にわたって保管した後に測定される、一方の前記積層体の外面の、他方の前記積層体の外面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を常温静摩擦係数及び常温動摩擦係数と称し、常温静摩擦係数及び常温動摩擦係数の測定後、2つの前記積層体を温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管した後に測定される、一方の前記積層体の外面の、他方の前記積層体の外面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を高温高湿静摩擦係数及び高温高湿動摩擦係数と称する場合、前記高温高湿静摩擦係数から前記常温静摩擦係数を引いた値が0.03以下であり、且つ、前記高温高湿動摩擦係数から前記常温動摩擦係数を引いた値が0.03以下であってもよい。 In the laminate according to the present invention, two of the laminates are prepared and measured after storage for at least 24 hours in an environment of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. and a humidity of 40 to 60%. The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the outer surface of the other laminate are referred to as a normal temperature static friction coefficient and a normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient, and after measuring the normal temperature static friction coefficient and the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient, the two laminates are heated at a high temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%. When the static friction coefficient and dynamic friction coefficient of the outer surface of one of the laminates measured after storage for 48 hours in a thermostatic bath with respect to the outer surface of the other laminate are referred to as high temperature high humidity static friction coefficients and high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficients The value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and is the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient? The value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature coefficient of dynamic friction may be 0.03 or less.

 本発明による積層体において、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む前記プラスチックフィルムは、10層以上を含む多層構造部を有していてもよい。 In the laminate according to the present invention, the plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate may have a multilayer structure including 10 layers or more.

 本発明による積層体において、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む前記プラスチックフィルムは、単層構造からなり、且つ、ポリブチレテレフタレートのIV値が1.10dl/g以上且つ1.35dl/g以下であってもよい。 In the laminate according to the present invention, the plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate has a single layer structure, and the polybutylene terephthalate has an IV value of 1.10 dl / g or more and 1.35 dl / g. It may be the following.

 本発明による積層体において、前記基材は、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む前記プラスチックフィルムを1つのみ有し、前記シーラント層は、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含んでいてもよい。前記積層体の突き刺し強度は、好ましくは12N以上である。積層体は、前記基材の面上に位置する蒸着層を更に備えていてもよい。積層体は、前記蒸着層上に位置するガスバリア性塗布膜を更に備えていてもよい。 In the laminate according to the present invention, the base material may have only one plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and the sealant layer may contain linear low density polyethylene. The piercing strength of the laminate is preferably 12N or more. The laminated body may further include a vapor deposition layer located on the surface of the base material. The laminated body may further include a gas barrier coating film positioned on the vapor deposition layer.

 本発明による積層体は、外面側から内面側へ、前記外面を構成する第1基材と、第2基材と、前記内面を構成するシーラント層と、をこの順で少なくとも備え、
 前記第1基材は、51質量%以上のポリエチレンテレフタレート又は51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含み、前記第1基材が51質量%以上のポリエチレンテレフタレートを含む場合、前記第2基材は、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含んでいてもよい。積層体は、前記第1基材と前記第2基材との間又は前記第2基材と前記シーラント層との間の少なくともいずれかに位置する蒸着層を更に備えていてもよい。積層体は、前記蒸着層上に位置するガスバリア性塗布膜を更に備えていてもよい。積層体は、前記第1基材と前記第2基材との間に位置する印刷層を更に備えていてもよい。前記シーラント層は、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含んでいてもよい。前記積層体の突き刺し強度は、好ましくは13N以上である。前記第1基材が、ポリブチレンテレフタレートを含み、前記第2基材が、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいてもよい。若しくは、前記第1基材が、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含み、前記第2基材が、ポリブチレンテレフタレートを含んでいてもよい。
The laminate according to the present invention comprises at least a first base material constituting the outer surface, a second base material, and a sealant layer constituting the inner surface in this order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side.
The first base material includes 51% by mass or more of polyethylene terephthalate or 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and when the first base material includes 51% by mass or more of polyethylene terephthalate, the second base material is It may contain 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate. The laminated body may further include a vapor deposition layer positioned at least between the first base material and the second base material or between the second base material and the sealant layer. The laminated body may further include a gas barrier coating film positioned on the vapor deposition layer. The laminate may further include a printed layer positioned between the first base material and the second base material. The sealant layer may contain linear low density polyethylene. The piercing strength of the laminate is preferably 13N or more. The first base material may include polybutylene terephthalate, and the second base material may include polyethylene terephthalate. Alternatively, the first base material may include polyethylene terephthalate, and the second base material may include polybutylene terephthalate.

 本発明は、本体部及び前記本体部に接続された注出口部を有する袋であって、上述の積層体と、前記積層体の内面同士を接合するシール部と、を備える、袋である。 The present invention is a bag having a main body part and a spout part connected to the main body part, the bag comprising the above-mentioned laminated body and a seal part for joining the inner surfaces of the laminated body.

 本発明によれば、耐突き刺し性及び滑り性を有する積層体を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a laminate having puncture resistance and slipperiness can be provided.

本発明の第1の実施の形態における袋を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the bag in the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 第1の実施の形態における積層体の層構成の一例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the laminated constitution of the laminated body in 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施の形態における積層体の層構成のその他の例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the other example of the layer structure of the laminated body in 1st Embodiment. 積層体の第1フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the laminated constitution of the 1st film of a laminated body. 基材上に成膜された透明蒸着層を、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析計により分析した結果の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the result of having analyzed the transparent vapor deposition layer formed into a film on the base material with a time-of-flight type secondary ion mass spectrometer. 第2の実施の形態における積層体の層構成の一例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows an example of the laminated constitution of the laminated body in 2nd Embodiment. 第2の実施の形態における積層体の層構成のその他の例を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the other example of the layer structure of the laminated body in 2nd Embodiment. 突き刺し強度の測定方法の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the measuring method of piercing strength. 実施例A1、A2及び比較例A1の摩擦係数の測定結果を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the measurement result of the friction coefficient of Example A1, A2 and Comparative Example A1. 実施例A1、A2及び比較例A1の層構成及び評価結果を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the layer structure and evaluation result of Example A1, A2 and Comparative Example A1. 実施例B1~B7において作製した袋を示す正面図である。FIG. 6 is a front view showing a bag produced in Examples B1 to B7. 第1容量の袋を用いた場合の、実施例B1~B7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果示す図である。It is a figure which shows the result of the normal temperature drop evaluation of Example B1-B7 and the low temperature drop evaluation at the time of using the bag of the 1st capacity | capacitance. 第2容量の袋を用いた場合の、実施例B1~B7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果示す図である。It is a figure which shows the result of normal temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples B1 to B7 when a second capacity bag is used. 実施例D1~D3及び比較例D1の摩擦係数の測定結果を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the measurement result of the friction coefficient of Examples D1-D3 and Comparative Example D1. 実施例D1~D3及び比較例D1の層構成及び評価結果を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the layer structure and evaluation result of Example D1-D3 and Comparative Example D1. 第1容量の袋を用いた場合の、実施例E1~E7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果示す図である。It is a figure which shows the result of the normal temperature drop evaluation of Examples E1-E7 and a low temperature drop evaluation at the time of using the bag of 1st capacity | capacitance. 第2容量の袋を用いた場合の、実施例E1~E7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果示す図である。It is a figure which shows the result of normal temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples E1 to E7 when a second capacity bag is used.

 第1の実施の形態 First embodiment

 図1乃至図5を参照して、本発明の一実施の形態について説明する。なお、本件明細書に添付する図面においては、図示と理解のしやすさの便宜上、縮尺および縦横の寸法比等を、実物のそれらから適宜変更し誇張してある。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. Note that, in the drawings attached to the present specification, for convenience of illustration and understanding, the scale and vertical / horizontal dimension ratios are appropriately changed and exaggerated from those of the actual ones.

 また、本明細書において用いる、形状や幾何学的条件並びにそれらの程度を特定する、例えば、「平行」、「直交」、「同一」等の用語や長さや角度の値等については、厳密な意味に縛られることなく、同様の機能を期待し得る程度の範囲を含めて解釈することとする。 In addition, as used in this specification, the shape and geometric conditions and the degree thereof are specified, for example, terms such as “parallel”, “orthogonal”, “identical”, length and angle values, etc. are strictly Without being bound by meaning, it should be interpreted including the extent to which similar functions can be expected.

 
 図1は、本実施の形態による袋10を示す正面図である。袋10は、ボトルへ詰め替えられる液体や紛体などの流動性を有する内容物を収容するよう構成されている。なお、図1においては、内容物が充填される前の状態(内容物が収容されていない状態)の袋10が示されている。袋10に収容される液体としては、液体洗剤やシャンプー等の様々な液体が考えられ得る。
Bag FIG. 1 is a front view showing a bag 10 according to the present embodiment. The bag 10 is configured to accommodate fluid contents such as liquid and powder refilled into a bottle. In addition, in FIG. 1, the bag 10 of the state (state in which the content is not accommodated) before being filled with the content is shown. Various liquids such as liquid detergents and shampoos can be considered as liquids stored in the bag 10.

 本実施の形態において、袋10は、自立可能に構成されたガセット式の袋である。袋10は、上部11、下部12及び側部13を含み、正面図において略矩形状の輪郭を有する。なお、「上部」、「下部」及び「側部」などの名称、並びに、「上方」、「下方」などの用語は、ガセット部を下にして袋10が自立している状態を基準として袋10やその構成要素の位置や方向を相対的に表したものに過ぎない。袋10の輸送時や使用時の姿勢などは、本明細書における名称や用語によっては限定されない。 In the present embodiment, the bag 10 is a gusset type bag configured to be independent. The bag 10 includes an upper portion 11, a lower portion 12, and a side portion 13, and has a substantially rectangular outline in a front view. It should be noted that names such as “upper”, “lower” and “side”, and terms such as “upper” and “lower” refer to a bag based on the state in which the bag 10 is self-supporting with the gusset portion down. It is only a relative representation of the position and direction of 10 and its components. The attitude | position at the time of transport of the bag 10 or use is not limited by the name and terminology in this specification.

 図1に示すように、袋10は、内容物が収容される本体部17と、本体部17に接続された注出口部20と、を備えている。注出口部20は、袋10から内容物を取り出す際に液体が通る部分である。注出口部20の幅は、本体部17の幅よりも狭い。このため、使用者は、注出口部20を通って袋10から注出される内容物の注出方向を精度良く定めることができる。 As shown in FIG. 1, the bag 10 includes a main body portion 17 in which contents are accommodated, and a spout portion 20 connected to the main body portion 17. The spout portion 20 is a portion through which the liquid passes when the contents are taken out from the bag 10. The width of the spout portion 20 is narrower than the width of the main body portion 17. For this reason, the user can determine the pouring direction of the content poured out from the bag 10 through the pouring port 20 with high accuracy.

 以下、本体部17及び注出口部20を備える袋10の具体的な構成について説明する。図1に示すように、袋10は、表面を構成する表面フィルム14、裏面を構成する裏面フィルム15、及び、下部12を構成する下部フィルム16を備える。下部フィルム16は、折り返し部16fで折り返された状態で、表面フィルム14と裏面フィルム15との間に配置されている。 Hereinafter, a specific configuration of the bag 10 including the main body portion 17 and the spout portion 20 will be described. As shown in FIG. 1, the bag 10 includes a surface film 14 that constitutes the front surface, a back film 15 that constitutes the back surface, and a lower film 16 that constitutes the lower portion 12. The lower film 16 is disposed between the front film 14 and the back film 15 in a state where the lower film 16 is folded at the folded portion 16f.

 なお、上述の「表面フィルム」、「裏面フィルム」及び「下部フィルム」という用語は、位置関係に応じて各フィルムを区画したものに過ぎず、袋10を製造する際のフィルムの提供方法が、上述の用語によって限定されることはない。例えば、袋10は、表面フィルム14と裏面フィルム15と下部フィルム16が連設された1枚のフィルムを用いて製造されてもよく、表面フィルム14と下部フィルム16が連設された1枚のフィルムと1枚の裏面フィルム15の計2枚のフィルムを用いて製造されてもよく、1枚の表面フィルム14と1枚の裏面フィルム15と1枚の下部フィルム16の計3枚のフィルムを用いて製造されてもよい。 In addition, the term “surface film”, “back film” and “lower film” described above is merely a partition of each film according to the positional relationship, and the method of providing a film when manufacturing the bag 10 It is not limited by the above terms. For example, the bag 10 may be manufactured using one film in which the front film 14, the back film 15, and the lower film 16 are continuously provided, or one sheet in which the front film 14 and the lower film 16 are continuously provided. It may be manufactured using a total of two films, a film and one back film 15, and a total of three films, one surface film 14, one back film 15, and one lower film 16. May be used.

 表面フィルム14、裏面フィルム15及び下部フィルム16は、内面同士がシール部によって接合されている。図1などの袋10の平面図においは、シール部にハッチングが施されている。 The inner surfaces of the front film 14, the back film 15, and the lower film 16 are joined together by a seal portion. In the plan view of the bag 10 shown in FIG. 1 and the like, the seal portion is hatched.

 図1に示すように、シール部は、袋10の外縁に沿って延びる外縁シール部を有する。外縁シール部は、下部12に広がる下部シール部12a、及び、一対の側部13に沿って延びる一対の側部シール部13aを含む。また、シール部は、注出口部20を画定する注出口シール部20aを含む。図1に示すように注出口部20が袋10の上部11と側部13との間の隅部に形成される場合、注出口シール部20aは側部シール部13aに接続される。内容物が収容されていない状態の袋10においては、図1に示すように、袋10の上部11は開口部11bになっている。袋10に内容物を収容した後、表面フィルム14の内面と裏面フィルム15の内面とを上部11において接合することにより、上部シール部が形成されて袋10が封止される。 As shown in FIG. 1, the seal portion has an outer edge seal portion extending along the outer edge of the bag 10. The outer edge seal portion includes a lower seal portion 12 a extending in the lower portion 12 and a pair of side seal portions 13 a extending along the pair of side portions 13. The seal portion includes a spout seal portion 20 a that defines the spout portion 20. As shown in FIG. 1, when the spout part 20 is formed in the corner between the upper part 11 and the side part 13 of the bag 10, the spout seal part 20a is connected to the side seal part 13a. In the bag 10 in a state where the contents are not accommodated, as shown in FIG. 1, the upper portion 11 of the bag 10 is an opening 11b. After the contents are stored in the bag 10, the inner surface of the front film 14 and the inner surface of the back film 15 are joined at the upper portion 11, whereby an upper seal portion is formed and the bag 10 is sealed.

 側部シール部13a、注出口シール部20a及び後述する上部シール部は、表面フィルム14の内面と裏面フィルム15の内面とを接合することによって構成されるシール部である。一方、下部シール部12aは、表面フィルム14の内面と下部フィルム16の内面とを接合することによって構成されるシール部、及び、裏面フィルム15の内面と下部フィルム16の内面とを接合することによって構成されるシール部を含む。 The side seal part 13a, the spout seal part 20a, and the upper seal part to be described later are seal parts configured by joining the inner surface of the surface film 14 and the inner surface of the back film 15. On the other hand, the lower seal portion 12a is formed by bonding the inner surface of the surface film 14 and the inner surface of the lower film 16, and by bonding the inner surface of the back film 15 and the inner surface of the lower film 16. Including a configured seal.

 対向するフィルム同士を接合して袋10を封止することができる限りにおいて、シール部を形成するための方法が特に限られることはない。例えば、加熱などによってフィルムの内面を溶融させ、内面同士を溶着させることによって、すなわちヒートシールによって、シール部を形成してもよい。若しくは、接着剤などを用いて対向するフィルムの内面同士を接着することによって、シール部を形成してもよい。 As long as the opposing films can be joined and the bag 10 can be sealed, the method for forming the seal portion is not particularly limited. For example, the sealing portion may be formed by melting the inner surfaces of the film by heating or the like and welding the inner surfaces, that is, by heat sealing. Or you may form a seal | sticker part by adhere | attaching the inner surfaces of the opposing film using an adhesive agent etc.

 易開封性手段
 表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15には、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を引き裂いて注出口部20を開封するための易開封性手段25が設けられていてもよい。例えば図1に示すように、易開封性手段25は、注出口部20の注出口シール部20aに形成された、引き裂きの起点となるノッチ26を含んでいてもよい。また、注出口部20を引き裂く際の経路となる部分には、易開封性手段25として、レーザー加工やカッターなどで形成されたハーフカット線が設けられていてもよい。
Easy-opening means The surface film 14 and the back film 15 may be provided with easy-opening means 25 for tearing the surface film 14 and the back film 15 to open the spout 20. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the easy-opening means 25 may include a notch 26 that is formed in the spout seal 20 a of the spout 20 and serves as a starting point for tearing. Moreover, a half cut line formed by laser processing, a cutter, or the like may be provided as the easy-opening means 25 in a portion that becomes a path when the spout 20 is torn.

 また、図示はしないが、易開封性手段25は、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15のうち注出口シール部20aが形成されている領域に形成された切り込みや傷痕群を含んでいてもよい。傷痕群は例えば、表面フィルム14及び/又は裏面フィルム15を貫通するように形成された複数の貫通孔を含んでいてもよい。若しくは、傷痕群は、表面フィルム14及び/又は裏面フィルム15を貫通しないように表面フィルム14及び/又は裏面フィルム15の外面に形成された複数の孔を含んでいてもよい。 Although not shown, the easy-opening means 25 may include notches and scars formed in the region where the spout seal portion 20a is formed in the front film 14 and the back film 15. The scar group may include, for example, a plurality of through holes formed so as to penetrate the front film 14 and / or the back film 15. Alternatively, the scar group may include a plurality of holes formed on the outer surface of the front film 14 and / or the back film 15 so as not to penetrate the front film 14 and / or the back film 15.

 表面フィルム及び裏面フィルムの層構成
 次に、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15の層構成について説明する。図2は、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する積層体30の一例を示す断面図である。また、図3は、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する積層体30のその他の例を示す断面図である。
Next, the layer structure of the front film 14 and the back film 15 will be described. FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a laminated body 30 constituting the front film 14 and the back film 15. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing another example of the laminate 30 that constitutes the front film 14 and the back film 15.

 図2及び図3に示すように、積層体30は、第1フィルム40と、シーラントフィルム70と、第1フィルム40とシーラントフィルム70とを接合する接着剤層45と、を備える。第1フィルム40は、外面30y側に位置しており、シーラントフィルム70は、外面30yの反対側の内面30x側に位置している。内面30xは、内容物側に位置する面である。第1フィルム40は、外面30yを構成する基材41を少なくとも含む。シーラントフィルム70は、シーラント層71を少なくとも含む。第1フィルム40は、図2に示すように、基材41とシーラント層71との間に位置する印刷層38を更に含んでいてもよい。図2に示す積層体30は、外面側から内面側へ順に
  基材/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層
を備えている、と言える。なお、「/」は層と層の境界を表している。
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the laminate 30 includes a first film 40, a sealant film 70, and an adhesive layer 45 that joins the first film 40 and the sealant film 70. The first film 40 is located on the outer surface 30y side, and the sealant film 70 is located on the inner surface 30x side opposite to the outer surface 30y. The inner surface 30x is a surface located on the content side. The first film 40 includes at least a base material 41 constituting the outer surface 30y. The sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71. As shown in FIG. 2, the first film 40 may further include a printed layer 38 positioned between the base material 41 and the sealant layer 71. It can be said that the laminate 30 shown in FIG. 2 includes a base material / printing layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer in order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side. Note that “/” represents a boundary between layers.

 図3に示すように、第1フィルム40は、基材41と印刷層38との間に位置するガスバリア層35を更に含んでいてもよい。図3に示す積層体30は、外面側から内面側へ順に
  基材/透明ガスバリア層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層
を備えている、と言える。
As shown in FIG. 3, the first film 40 may further include a gas barrier layer 35 positioned between the base material 41 and the printing layer 38. It can be said that the laminate 30 shown in FIG. 3 includes a base material / transparent gas barrier layer / printing layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer in order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side.

 以下、第1フィルム40、接着剤層45及びシーラントフィルム70についてそれぞれ詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, each of the first film 40, the adhesive layer 45, and the sealant film 70 will be described in detail.

 (第1フィルム)
 以下、第1フィルム40の基材41、印刷層38及びガスバリア層35についてそれぞれ説明する。
(First film)
Hereinafter, the substrate 41, the printing layer 38, and the gas barrier layer 35 of the first film 40 will be described.

 〔基材〕
 基材41は、積層体30の外面30yを構成する基材を1つのみ有する。すなわち、基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムは1つのみである。積層体30中に基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムが一つである限りにおいて、基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムは、単一の層によって構成されていてもよく、複数の層によって構成されていてもよい。基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムが複数の層を含む場合、基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムは、例えば、共押し出しによって作製された共押しフィルムである。
〔Base material〕
The base material 41 has only one base material that forms the outer surface 30 y of the laminate 30. That is, the plastic film constituting the base material 41 is only one. As long as there is one plastic film constituting the base material 41 in the laminate 30, the plastic film constituting the base material 41 may be constituted by a single layer or by a plurality of layers. May be. When the plastic film which comprises the base material 41 contains several layers, the plastic film which comprises the base material 41 is a co-extrusion film produced by co-extrusion, for example.

 基材41において外面30yを構成する層であるプラスチックフィルムは、主成分としてポリブチレンテレフタレート(以下、PBTとも記す)を含む。例えば、基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムは、51質量%以上のPBTを含む。以下、基材41を構成するプラスチックフィルムがPBTを含むことの利点について説明する。 The plastic film which is a layer constituting the outer surface 30y in the base material 41 includes polybutylene terephthalate (hereinafter also referred to as PBT) as a main component. For example, the plastic film constituting the base material 41 includes 51% by mass or more of PBT. Hereinafter, the advantage that the plastic film which comprises the base material 41 contains PBT is demonstrated.

 PBTは、寸法安定性に優れており、従って印刷適性に優れる。このため、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(以下、PETとも記す)の場合と同様に、PBTを含む基材41上に印刷層38を設けることができる。 PBT has excellent dimensional stability and therefore excellent printability. For this reason, as in the case of polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter also referred to as PET), the printing layer 38 can be provided on the substrate 41 containing PBT.

 また、PBTは、高い強度を有する。このため、袋10を構成する積層体30がナイロンを含む場合と同様に、袋10に耐突き刺し性を持たせることができる。 Also, PBT has high strength. For this reason, the stab resistance can be given to the bag 10 similarly to the case where the laminated body 30 which comprises the bag 10 contains nylon.

 また、PBTは、ナイロンに比べて水分を吸収しにくいという特性を有する。このため、基材41が水分を吸収して積層体30のラミネート強度が低下してしまうことや第1フィルム40の外面30yの摩擦係数が増加してしまうことを抑制することができる。 Also, PBT has a characteristic that it is less likely to absorb moisture than nylon. For this reason, it can suppress that the base material 41 absorbs a water | moisture content and the laminate strength of the laminated body 30 falls, and that the friction coefficient of the outer surface 30y of the 1st film 40 increases.

 以下、PBTを含む基材41の構成について詳細に説明する。本実施の形態における、PBTを含む基材41の構成としては、下記の第1の構成又は第2の構成のいずれを採用してもよい。 Hereinafter, the configuration of the base material 41 including PBT will be described in detail. As the configuration of the base material 41 including PBT in the present embodiment, any of the following first configuration or second configuration may be adopted.

 〔基材の第1の構成〕
 第1の構成に係る基材41におけるPBTの含有率は、51質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましく、さらには70質量%以上、特には75質量%以上が好ましく、最も好ましくは80質量%以上である。PBTの含有率を51質量%以上にすることにより、第1フィルム40に優れたインパクト強度および耐ピンホール性を持たせることができる。
[First Configuration of Substrate]
The content of PBT in the base material 41 according to the first configuration is preferably 51% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, further 70% by mass or more, particularly preferably 75% by mass or more, and most preferably. 80% by mass or more. By setting the content of PBT to 51% by mass or more, the first film 40 can have excellent impact strength and pinhole resistance.

 主たる構成成分として用いるPBTは、ジカルボン酸成分として、テレフタル酸が90モル%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは95モル%以上であり、さらに好ましくは98モル%以上であり、最も好ましくは100モル%である。グリコール成分として1,4-ブタンジオールが90モル%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは95モル%以上であり、さらに好ましくは97モル%以上であり、最も好ましくは、重合時に1,4-ブタンジオールのエーテル結合により生成する副生物以外は含まれないことである。 PBT used as a main constituent component is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, still more preferably 98 mol% or more, most preferably 100 mol% or more of terephthalic acid as a dicarboxylic acid component. Mol%. 1,4-butanediol as the glycol component is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, still more preferably 97 mol% or more, and most preferably 1,4-butanediol during polymerization. It is not included except by-products generated by the ether bond of butanediol.

 基材41は、PBT以外のポリエステル樹脂を含んでいてもよい。これにより、例えばフィルム状の基材41を二軸延伸させる場合の成膜性や基材41の力学特性を調整することができる。
 PBT以外のポリエステル樹脂としては、PET、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリブチレンナフタレート(PBN)、ポリプロピレンテレフタレート(PPT)などのポリエステル樹脂のほか、イソフタル酸、オルソフタル酸、ナフタレンジカルボン酸、ビフェニルジカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸などのジカルボン酸が共重合されたPBT樹脂や、エチレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、ジエチレングリコール、シクロヘキサンジオール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール、ポリカーボネートジオール等のジオール成分が共重合されたPBT樹脂を挙げることができる。
The base material 41 may contain a polyester resin other than PBT. Thereby, for example, the film formability when the film-like substrate 41 is biaxially stretched and the mechanical properties of the substrate 41 can be adjusted.
Polyester resins other than PBT include polyester resins such as PET, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene naphthalate (PBN), and polypropylene terephthalate (PPT), as well as isophthalic acid, orthophthalic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and biphenyldicarboxylic acid. , PBT resin copolymerized with dicarboxylic acid such as cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, ethylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,5 -Diols such as pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, diethylene glycol, cyclohexanediol, polyethylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, polycarbonate diol Min can be mentioned copolymerized PBT resin.

 これらPBT以外のポリエステル樹脂の添加量は、49質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。PBT以外のポリエステル樹脂の添加量が49質量%を超えると、PBTとしての力学特性が損なわれ、インパクト強度や耐ピンホール性、絞り成形性が不十分となることが考えられる。 The amount of the polyester resin other than PBT is preferably 49% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. If the addition amount of the polyester resin other than PBT exceeds 49% by mass, the mechanical properties as PBT may be impaired, and impact strength, pinhole resistance, and drawability may be insufficient.

 基材41は、添加剤として、柔軟なポリエーテル成分、ポリカーボネート成分、ポリエステル成分の少なくともいずれかを共重合したポリエステル系およびポリアミド系エラストマーを含んでいてもよい。これにより、屈曲時の耐ピンホール性を改善することができる。添加剤の添加量は、例えば20質量%である。添加剤の添加量が20質量%を超えると、添加剤としての効果が飽和することや、基材41の透明性が低下することなどが起こり得る。 The base material 41 may contain, as an additive, a polyester-based or polyamide-based elastomer obtained by copolymerizing at least one of a flexible polyether component, a polycarbonate component, and a polyester component. Thereby, the pinhole resistance at the time of bending can be improved. The additive amount of the additive is, for example, 20% by mass. When the addition amount of the additive exceeds 20% by mass, the effect as the additive may be saturated, or the transparency of the base material 41 may be reduced.

 第1の構成に係るフィルム状の基材41を作製する方法の一例について説明する。ここでは、キャスト法によってフィルム状の基材41を作製する方法について説明する。より具体的には、キャスト時に同一の組成の樹脂を多層化してキャストする方法について説明する。 An example of a method for producing the film-like base material 41 according to the first configuration will be described. Here, a method for producing the film-like base material 41 by a casting method will be described. More specifically, a method of casting a resin having the same composition in multiple layers during casting will be described.

 PBTは結晶化速度が速いため、キャスト時にも結晶化が進行する。このとき、多層化せずに単層でキャストした場合には、結晶の成長を抑制しうるような障壁が存在しないために、結晶が大きなサイズに成長してしまい、得られた未延伸原反の降伏応力が高くなる。このため、未延伸原反を二軸延伸する際に破断しやすくなる。また、得られた二軸延伸フィルムの降伏応力が高くなり、二軸延伸フィルムの成形性が不十分になってしまうことが考えられる。
 これに対して、キャスト時に同一の樹脂を多層化すれば、未延伸シートの延伸応力を低減することができる。このため、安定した二軸延伸が可能となり、また、得られた二軸延伸フィルムの降伏応力が低くなる。このことにより、柔軟かつ破断強度の高いフィルムを得ることができる。
Since PBT has a high crystallization speed, crystallization proceeds even during casting. At this time, when cast as a single layer without being multi-layered, there is no barrier that can suppress the growth of the crystal, so the crystal grows to a large size, and the resulting unstretched original fabric is obtained. The yield stress of becomes higher. For this reason, it becomes easy to fracture when the unstretched original fabric is biaxially stretched. Moreover, it is possible that the yield stress of the obtained biaxially stretched film becomes high and the moldability of the biaxially stretched film becomes insufficient.
On the other hand, if the same resin is multilayered at the time of casting, the stretching stress of the unstretched sheet can be reduced. For this reason, stable biaxial stretching is possible, and the yield stress of the obtained biaxially stretched film is reduced. Thereby, a flexible and high breaking strength film can be obtained.

 図4は、第1フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。樹脂を多層化してキャストすることによって基材41が作製される場合、図4に示すように、第1フィルム40の基材41は、複数の層41aを含む多層構造部からなる。複数の層41aはそれぞれ、主成分としてPBTを含んでいてもよい。例えば、複数の層41aはそれぞれ、好ましくは51質量%以上のPBTを含み、より好ましくは60質量%以上のPBTを含む。なお、複数の層41aにおいては、n番目の層41aの上にn+1番目の層41aが直接積層されている。すなわち、複数の層41aの間には、接着剤層や接着層が介在されていない。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the first film. When the base material 41 is produced by casting the resin in multiple layers, as shown in FIG. 4, the base material 41 of the first film 40 is composed of a multilayer structure including a plurality of layers 41a. Each of the plurality of layers 41a may include PBT as a main component. For example, each of the plurality of layers 41a preferably includes 51% by mass or more of PBT, and more preferably includes 60% by mass or more of PBT. In the plurality of layers 41a, the (n + 1) th layer 41a is directly stacked on the nth layer 41a. That is, no adhesive layer or adhesive layer is interposed between the plurality of layers 41a.

 多層化によりPBTフィルムの特性が改善される原因については、下記のように推測する。樹脂を積層する場合、樹脂の組成が同一の場合であっても層の界面が存在し、その界面により結晶化が加速される。一方、層の厚みを越えた大きな結晶の成長は抑制される。このため、結晶(球晶)のサイズが小さくなるものと考えられる。 The reason why the properties of the PBT film are improved by multilayering is estimated as follows. When the resins are laminated, even if the resin composition is the same, a layer interface exists, and crystallization is accelerated by the interface. On the other hand, the growth of large crystals beyond the layer thickness is suppressed. For this reason, it is considered that the size of the crystal (spherulite) becomes small.

 多層化により球晶のサイズを小さくするための具体的な方法としては、一般的な多層化装置(多層フィードブロック、スタティックミキサー、多層マルチマニホールドなど)を用いることができる。例えば、二台以上の押出機を用いて異なる流路から送り出された熱可塑性樹脂を、フィードブロックやスタティックミキサー、マルチマニホールドダイ等を用いて多層に積層する方法等を使用することができる。なお、同一の組成の樹脂を多層化する場合、一台の押出機のみを用いて、押出機からダイまでのメルトラインに上述の多層化装置を導入することも可能である。 As a specific method for reducing the size of spherulites by multilayering, a general multilayering apparatus (multilayer feed block, static mixer, multilayer multimanifold, etc.) can be used. For example, a method of laminating thermoplastic resins sent from different flow paths using two or more extruders in multiple layers using a feed block, a static mixer, a multi-manifold die, or the like can be used. In addition, when multilayering resin of the same composition, it is also possible to introduce the above multilayering apparatus into the melt line from the extruder to the die using only one extruder.

 基材41は、少なくとも10層以上、好ましくは60層以上、より好ましくは250層以上、更に好ましくは1000層以上の層41aを含む多層構造部からなる。層数を多くすることにより、未延伸原反の状態のPBTにおける球晶のサイズを小さくすることができ、その後の二軸延伸を安定に実施することができる。また、二軸延伸フィルムの状態のPBTの降伏応力を小さくすることができる。好ましくは、未延伸原反のPBTにおける球晶の直径は、500nm以下である。 The substrate 41 is composed of a multilayer structure including at least 10 layers, preferably 60 layers or more, more preferably 250 layers or more, and even more preferably 1000 layers or more. By increasing the number of layers, the size of spherulites in the unstretched raw PBT can be reduced, and the subsequent biaxial stretching can be carried out stably. Moreover, the yield stress of PBT in the state of a biaxially stretched film can be made small. Preferably, the diameter of the spherulite in the unstretched raw PBT is 500 nm or less.

 PBTの未延伸原反を二軸延伸して二軸延伸フィルムを作製する際の、縦延伸方向(以下、MD)における延伸温度(以下、MD延伸温度とも記す)は、好ましくは40℃以上であり、より好ましくは45℃以上である。MD延伸温度を40℃以上にすることにより、フィルムの破断が生じることを抑制することができる。また、MD延伸温度は、好ましくは100℃以下であり、より好ましくは95℃以下である。MD延伸温度を100℃以下にすることにより、二軸延伸フィルムの配向が生じないという現象を抑制することができる。 The stretching temperature (hereinafter also referred to as MD stretching temperature) in the longitudinal stretching direction (hereinafter referred to as MD) when producing a biaxially stretched film by biaxially stretching the unstretched raw material of PBT is preferably 40 ° C. or higher. Yes, more preferably 45 ° C or higher. By setting the MD stretching temperature to 40 ° C. or higher, the film can be prevented from being broken. Moreover, MD extending | stretching temperature becomes like this. Preferably it is 100 degrees C or less, More preferably, it is 95 degrees C or less. The phenomenon that the orientation of the biaxially stretched film does not occur can be suppressed by setting the MD stretching temperature to 100 ° C. or lower.

 MDにおける延伸倍率(以下、MD延伸倍率とも記す)は、好ましくは2.5倍以上である。これにより、二軸延伸フィルムを配向させ、良好な力学特性や均一な厚みを実現することができる。MD延伸倍率は、例えば5倍以下である。 The draw ratio in MD (hereinafter also referred to as MD draw ratio) is preferably 2.5 times or more. Thereby, a biaxially stretched film can be oriented and a favorable mechanical characteristic and uniform thickness can be implement | achieved. MD stretch ratio is 5 times or less, for example.

 横延伸方向(以下、TDとも記す)における延伸温度(以下、TD延伸温度とも記す)は、好ましくは40℃以上である。TD延伸温度を40℃以上にすることにより、フィルムの破断が生じることを抑制することができる。また、TD延伸温度は、好ましくは100℃以下である。TD延伸温度を100℃以下にすることにより、二軸延伸フィルムの配向が生じないという現象を抑制することができる。 The stretching temperature (hereinafter also referred to as TD stretching temperature) in the transverse stretching direction (hereinafter also referred to as TD) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher. By setting the TD stretching temperature to 40 ° C. or higher, the film can be prevented from being broken. The TD stretching temperature is preferably 100 ° C. or lower. By setting the TD stretching temperature to 100 ° C. or lower, the phenomenon that the orientation of the biaxially stretched film does not occur can be suppressed.

 TDにおける延伸倍率(以下、TD延伸倍率とも記す)は、好ましくは2.5倍以上である。これにより、二軸延伸フィルムを配向させ、良好な力学特性や均一な厚みを実現することができる。MD延伸倍率は、例えば5倍以下である。 The stretching ratio in TD (hereinafter also referred to as TD stretching ratio) is preferably 2.5 times or more. Thereby, a biaxially stretched film can be oriented and a favorable mechanical characteristic and uniform thickness can be implement | achieved. MD stretch ratio is 5 times or less, for example.

 TDリラックス率は、好ましくは0.5%以上である。これにより、PBTの二軸延伸フィルムの熱固定時に破断が生じることを抑制することができる。また、TDリラックス率は、好ましくは10%以下である。これにより、PBTの二軸延伸フィルムにたるみなどが生じて厚みムラが発生することを抑制することができる。 TD relaxation rate is preferably 0.5% or more. Thereby, it can suppress that a fracture | rupture arises at the time of heat setting of the biaxially stretched film of PBT. The TD relaxation rate is preferably 10% or less. Thereby, sagging etc. arise in a biaxially stretched film of PBT, and it can control that thickness unevenness generate | occur | produces.

 図4に示す基材41の層41aの厚みは、好ましくは3nm以上であり、より好ましくは10nm以上である。また、層41aの厚みは、好ましくは200nm以下であり、より好ましくは100nm以下であり、更に好ましくは75nm以下である。
 また、基材41の厚みは、好ましくは9μm以上であり、より好ましくは12μm以上である。また、基材41の厚みは、好ましくは25μm以下であり、より好ましくは20μm以下である。基材41の厚みを9μm以上にすることにより、基材41が十分な強度を有するようになる。また、基材41の厚みを25μm以下にすることにより、基材41が優れた成形性を示すようになる。このため、基材41を含む積層体30を加工して袋10を製造する工程を効率的に実施することができる。
The thickness of the layer 41a of the base material 41 shown in FIG. 4 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The thickness of the layer 41a is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and further preferably 75 nm or less.
The thickness of the base material 41 is preferably 9 μm or more, and more preferably 12 μm or more. Moreover, the thickness of the base material 41 is preferably 25 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the base material 41 to 9 μm or more, the base material 41 has sufficient strength. Moreover, the base material 41 comes to show the moldability which was excellent by making the thickness of the base material 41 into 25 micrometers or less. For this reason, the process which processes the laminated body 30 containing the base material 41 and manufactures the bag 10 can be implemented efficiently.

 上述のように基材41が複数の層41aを含む多層構造部からなる場合、複数の層41aの一部は、PBT以外のポリエステル樹脂を主成分として含んでいてもよい。例えば、基材41は、PBTを主成分として含む複数の層41aと、2つのPBTの層41aの間に位置する、例えばPETを主成分として含む層41aとによって構成されていてもよい。すなわち、PBTを主成分として含む層41aと、例えばPETを主成分として含む層41aとを交互に積層することによって基材41が構成されていてもよい。 As described above, when the base material 41 includes a multilayer structure including a plurality of layers 41a, a part of the plurality of layers 41a may include a polyester resin other than PBT as a main component. For example, the base material 41 may be configured by a plurality of layers 41a including PBT as a main component and a layer 41a including, for example, PET as a main component, which is positioned between two PBT layers 41a. That is, the base material 41 may be configured by alternately laminating layers 41a containing PBT as a main component and layers 41a containing PET as a main component, for example.

 〔基材の第2の構成〕
 第2の構成に係る基材41は、ブチレンテレフタレートを主たる繰返し単位とするポリエステルを含む単層フィルムからなる。例えば、基材41は、グリコール成分としての1,4-ブタンジオール、又はそのエステル形成性誘導体と、二塩基酸成分としてのテレフタル酸、又はそのエステル形成性誘導体を主成分とし、それらを縮合して得られるホモ、またはコポリマータイプのポリエステルを含む。第2の構成に係る基材41におけるPBTの含有率は、51質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましく、70質量%以上がさらに好ましく、さらには80質量%以上が好ましく、最も好ましくは90質量%以上である。また、第2の構成に係る基材41は、ポリブチレンテレフタレートと添加剤のみで構成されていることが好ましい。
[Second Configuration of Base Material]
The base material 41 according to the second configuration is made of a single layer film containing polyester having butylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit. For example, the base material 41 is mainly composed of 1,4-butanediol as the glycol component or an ester-forming derivative thereof and terephthalic acid as the dibasic acid component or the ester-forming derivative thereof, and condenses them. Homo- or copolymer-type polyester obtained. The content of PBT in the base material 41 according to the second configuration is preferably 51% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, further preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and most preferably. Is 90% by mass or more. Moreover, it is preferable that the base material 41 which concerns on a 2nd structure is comprised only with the polybutylene terephthalate and the additive.

 基材41に機械的強度を付与するためには、PBTのうち、融点が200℃以上且つ250℃以下、IV値が1.10dl/g以上且つ1.35dl/g以下のものが好ましい。さらには、融点が215℃以上且つ225℃以下、IV値が1.15dl/g以上且つ1.30dl/g以下のものが特に好ましい。これらのIV値は、基材41を構成する材料全体によって満たされていてもよい。IV値は、JIS K 7367-5:2000に基づいて算出され得る。 In order to impart mechanical strength to the base material 41, PBT having a melting point of 200 ° C. or more and 250 ° C. or less and an IV value of 1.10 dl / g or more and 1.35 dl / g or less is preferable. Furthermore, those having a melting point of 215 ° C. or more and 225 ° C. or less and an IV value of 1.15 dl / g or more and 1.30 dl / g or less are particularly preferable. These IV values may be satisfied by the whole material constituting the base material 41. The IV value can be calculated based on JIS K 7367-5: 2000.

 第2の構成に係る基材41は、PETなどPBT以外のポリエステル樹脂を30質量%以下の範囲で含んでいてもよい。基材41がPBTに加えてPETを含むことにより、PBT結晶化を抑制することができ、PBTフィルムの延伸加工性を向上させることができる。基材41のPBTに配合するPETとしては、エチレンテレフタレートを主たる繰返し単位とするポリエステルを用いることができる。例えば、グリコール成分としてのエチレングリコール、二塩基酸成分としてのテレフタル酸を主成分としたホモタイプを好ましく用いることができる。良好な機械的強度特性を付与するためには、PETのうち、融点が240℃以上且つ265℃以下、IV値が0.55dl/g以上且つ0.90dl/g以下のものが好ましい。さらには、融点が245℃以上且つ260℃以下、IV値が0.60dl/g以上且つ0.80dl/g以下のものが特に好ましい。
 PETの配合量を30質量%以下にすることにより、未延伸原反及び延伸フィルムの剛性が高くなり過ぎることを抑制することができる。これにより、延伸フィルムがもろくなり、延伸フィルムの耐圧強度、衝撃強度、突刺し強度などが低下してしまうことを抑制することができる。また、未延伸原反を延伸する際の延伸不調が発生することを抑制することができる。
The base material 41 which concerns on a 2nd structure may contain polyester resins other than PBT, such as PET, in 30 mass% or less. When the base material 41 contains PET in addition to PBT, PBT crystallization can be suppressed, and the stretchability of the PBT film can be improved. As PET mix | blended with PBT of the base material 41, the polyester which uses ethylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit can be used. For example, a homotype mainly composed of ethylene glycol as a glycol component and terephthalic acid as a dibasic acid component can be preferably used. In order to impart good mechanical strength characteristics, among PET, those having a melting point of 240 ° C. or more and 265 ° C. or less and an IV value of 0.55 dl / g or more and 0.90 dl / g or less are preferable. Furthermore, those having a melting point of 245 ° C. or more and 260 ° C. or less and an IV value of 0.60 dl / g or more and 0.80 dl / g or less are particularly preferable.
By setting the blending amount of PET to 30% by mass or less, it is possible to suppress the unstretched raw fabric and the stretched film from becoming too rigid. Thereby, a stretched film becomes brittle and it can suppress that the pressure resistance strength, impact strength, puncture strength, etc. of a stretched film fall. Moreover, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of stretching failure when the unstretched raw fabric is stretched.

 基材41は、必要に応じて、滑剤、アンチブロッキング剤、無機増量剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、帯電防止剤、難燃剤、可塑剤、着色剤、結晶化抑制剤、結晶化促進剤等の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。また、基材41の原料として用いるポリエステル系樹脂ペレットは、加熱溶融時の加水分解による粘度低下を避けるため、加熱溶融前に水分率が0.05重量%以下、好ましくは0.01重量%以下になるように十分予備乾燥を行った上で使用するのが好ましい。 The base material 41 is a lubricant, an antiblocking agent, an inorganic extender, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an antistatic agent, a flame retardant, a plasticizer, a colorant, a crystallization inhibitor, a crystallization accelerator, if necessary. Etc. may be contained. The polyester resin pellets used as the raw material of the base material 41 have a moisture content of 0.05% by weight or less, preferably 0.01% by weight or less before heating and melting in order to avoid a decrease in viscosity due to hydrolysis during heating and melting. It is preferable to use after sufficiently pre-drying so that

 第2の構成に係るフィルム状の基材41を作製する方法の一例について説明する。 An example of a method for producing the film-like base material 41 according to the second configuration will be described.

 上述の構成の基材41のフィルムを安定的に作製するためには、未延伸原反の状態における結晶の成長を抑制することが重要になる。具体的には、押出されたPBT系溶融体を冷却して成膜する際、該ポリマーの結晶化温度領域をある速度以上で冷却する、すなわち原反冷却速度が重要な因子となる。原反冷却速度は、例えば200℃/秒以上、好ましくは250℃/秒以上、特に好ましくは350℃/秒以上である。高い冷却速度で成膜された未延伸原反は、低い結晶状態を保っているため、延伸時のバブルの安定性が向上する。さらには高速での成膜も可能になるので、フィルムの生産性も向上する。冷却速度が200℃/秒未満である場合、得られた未延伸原反の結晶性が高くなり延伸性が低下することが考えられる。また、極端な場合には、延伸バブルが破裂し、延伸が継続しないことも考えられる。 In order to stably produce the film of the base material 41 having the above-described configuration, it is important to suppress the crystal growth in the unstretched raw fabric. Specifically, when forming the film by cooling the extruded PBT melt, the crystallization temperature region of the polymer is cooled at a certain rate or more, that is, the raw fabric cooling rate is an important factor. The raw fabric cooling rate is, for example, 200 ° C./second or more, preferably 250 ° C./second or more, particularly preferably 350 ° C./second or more. Since the unstretched original film formed at a high cooling rate maintains a low crystalline state, the stability of the bubbles during stretching is improved. Furthermore, since film formation at high speed is possible, film productivity is also improved. When the cooling rate is less than 200 ° C./sec, it is considered that the crystallinity of the obtained unstretched original fabric is increased and the stretchability is lowered. In extreme cases, the stretching bubble may burst and stretching may not continue.

 PBTを主成分として含む未延伸原反は、雰囲気温度を25℃以下、好ましくは20℃以下に保ちながら、二軸延伸を行う空間まで搬送されることが好ましい。これにより、滞留時間が長くなった場合であっても、成膜直後の未延伸原反の結晶性を維持することができる。 It is preferable that the unstretched raw material containing PBT as a main component is conveyed to a space where biaxial stretching is performed while maintaining the atmospheric temperature at 25 ° C. or lower, preferably 20 ° C. or lower. Thereby, even if it is a case where residence time becomes long, the crystallinity of the unstretched original fabric immediately after film-forming can be maintained.

 未延伸原反を延伸させて延伸フィルムを得るための二軸延伸法は、特には限定されない。例えば、チューブラー法又はテンター法により、縦方向及び横方向を同時に延伸してもよく、若しくは、縦方向及び横方向を逐次延伸してもよい。このうち、チューブラー法は、周方向の物性バランスが良好な延伸フィルムを得ることができ、特に好ましく採用される。 The biaxial stretching method for obtaining a stretched film by stretching an unstretched raw fabric is not particularly limited. For example, the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction may be simultaneously stretched by the tubular method or the tenter method, or the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction may be sequentially stretched. Among these, the tubular method can obtain a stretched film having a good balance of physical properties in the circumferential direction, and is particularly preferably employed.

 チューブラー法において、延伸空間に導かれた未延伸原反は、一対の低速ニップロール間に挿通された後、中に空気を圧入しながら延伸用ヒーターで加熱される。延伸終了後、延伸フィルムには、冷却ショルダーエアーリングによりエアーが吹き付けられる。延伸倍率は、延伸安定性や延伸フィルムの強度物性、透明性、および厚み均一性を考慮すると、MD、およびTDそれぞれ2.7倍以上且つ4.5倍以下であることが好ましい。延伸倍率を2.7倍以上にすることにより、延伸フィルムの引張弾性率や衝撃強度を十分に確保することができる。また、延伸倍率を4.5倍以下にすることにより、延伸により過度な分子鎖のひずみが発生することを抑制し、延伸加工時に破断やパンクが発生することを抑制できるので、延伸フィルムを安定に作製することができる。 In the tubular method, the unstretched raw material introduced into the stretching space is inserted between a pair of low-speed nip rolls, and then heated by a stretching heater while air is being pressed therein. After stretching, air is blown onto the stretched film by a cooling shoulder air ring. The stretching ratio is preferably 2.7 times or more and 4.5 times or less for MD and TD, respectively, in consideration of stretching stability, strength physical properties of the stretched film, transparency, and thickness uniformity. By setting the draw ratio to 2.7 times or more, it is possible to sufficiently ensure the tensile elastic modulus and impact strength of the stretched film. In addition, by setting the draw ratio to 4.5 times or less, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of excessive molecular chain distortion due to stretching, and to suppress the occurrence of breakage and puncture during the stretching process, so that the stretched film can be stabilized. Can be produced.

 延伸温度は、40℃以上且つ80℃以下が好ましく、特に好ましくは45℃以上且つ65℃以下である。上述の高い冷却速度で製造した未延伸原反は、結晶性が低いため、延伸温度が比較的に低温の場合であっても、安定して未延伸原反を延伸することができる。また、延伸温度を80℃以下にすることにより、延伸バブルの揺れを抑制し、厚み精度の良好な延伸フィルムを得ることができる。また、延伸温度を40℃以上にすることにより、低温延伸による過度な延伸配向結晶化が発生することを抑制して、フィルムの白化等を防ぐことができる。 The stretching temperature is preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 45 ° C. or higher and 65 ° C. or lower. Since the unstretched original fabric produced at the above-described high cooling rate has low crystallinity, the unstretched original fabric can be stably stretched even when the stretching temperature is relatively low. Further, by setting the stretching temperature to 80 ° C. or less, it is possible to suppress stretching bubble shaking and obtain a stretched film with good thickness accuracy. In addition, by setting the stretching temperature to 40 ° C. or higher, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of excessive stretch-oriented crystallization due to low-temperature stretching, thereby preventing whitening of the film.

 上述のようにして作製される基材41は、例えば、ブチレンテレフタレートを主たる繰返し単位とするポリエステルを含む単一の層によって構成されている。上述の作製方法によれば、高い冷却速度で未延伸原反を成膜するので、未延伸原反が単一の層によって構成される場合であっても、低い結晶状態を保つことができ、このため、安定して未延伸原反を延伸することができる。 The base material 41 produced as described above is constituted by a single layer containing, for example, polyester having butylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit. According to the above-described production method, since the unstretched raw film is formed at a high cooling rate, even when the unstretched raw fabric is constituted by a single layer, a low crystalline state can be maintained, For this reason, an unstretched original fabric can be extended | stretched stably.

 〔印刷層〕
 印刷層38は、袋10に製品情報を示したり美感を付与したりするために基材41に印刷された層である。印刷層38は、文字、数字、記号、図形、絵柄などを表現する。印刷層38を構成する材料としては、グラビア印刷用のインキやフレキソ印刷用のインキを用いることができる。グラビア印刷用のインキの具体例としては、DICグラフィックス株式会社製のフィナートを挙げることができる。
(Print layer)
The printed layer 38 is a layer printed on the base material 41 in order to show product information or impart aesthetics to the bag 10. The print layer 38 expresses characters, numbers, symbols, figures, patterns, and the like. As a material constituting the printing layer 38, gravure printing ink or flexographic printing ink can be used. As a specific example of the ink for gravure printing, FINAT manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation can be given.

 〔ガスバリア層〕
 ガスバリア層35は、基材41の内面30x側の面上に形成され、無機材料からなる蒸着層36を少なくとも含む。また、ガスバリア層35は、蒸着層36の内面30x側の面上に位置するガスバリア性塗布膜37を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Gas barrier layer]
The gas barrier layer 35 is formed on the surface on the inner surface 30x side of the base material 41 and includes at least a vapor deposition layer 36 made of an inorganic material. The gas barrier layer 35 may further include a gas barrier coating film 37 located on the surface on the inner surface 30 x side of the vapor deposition layer 36.

 蒸着層36は、酸素ガスおよび水蒸気などの透過を阻止するガスバリア性の機能を有する層として機能する。なお、蒸着層36は二層以上設けられてもよい。蒸着層36を二層以上有する場合、それぞれが、同一の組成であってもよいし、異なる組成であってもよい。蒸着層36の形成方法としては、例えば、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、およびイオンプレ-ティング法等の物理気相成長法(Physical Vapor Deposition法、PVD法)、あるいは、プラズマ化学気相成長法、熱化学気相成長法、および光化学気相成長法等の化学気相成長法(Chemical Vapor Deposition法、CVD法)等を挙げることができる。 The vapor deposition layer 36 functions as a layer having a gas barrier function that prevents permeation of oxygen gas, water vapor, and the like. Two or more vapor deposition layers 36 may be provided. When two or more vapor deposition layers 36 are provided, each may have the same composition or a different composition. Examples of the method for forming the vapor deposition layer 36 include physical vapor deposition methods (Physical Vapor Deposition method, PVD method) such as vacuum vapor deposition, sputtering, and ion plating, or plasma chemical vapor deposition, thermal Examples thereof include chemical vapor deposition and chemical vapor deposition (chemical vapor deposition, CVD) such as photochemical vapor deposition.

 本実施の形態において、蒸着層36は、アルミニウム酸化物(酸化アルミニウム)、珪素酸化物などの、透明性を有する無機物で形成されていることが好ましい。蒸着層36が透明性を有するので、使用者は、蒸着層36よりも内面30x側に位置する印刷層38を外面30y側から視認することができる。蒸着層36としては、酸化アルミニウムの非結晶性の薄膜を使用することが好ましい。具体的には、蒸着層36は、式AlO(式中、Xは、0.5~1.5の範囲の数を表す。)で表される酸化アルミニウムの非結晶性の薄膜である。蒸着層36は、膜表面から内面に向かう深さ方向に向かってXの値が減少している酸化アルミニウムの非結晶性の薄膜を使用することができる。酸化アルミニウムの非結晶性の薄膜は、式AlO(式中、Xは、0.5~1.5の範囲の数を表す。)で表され、その薄膜表面から内面に向かう深さ方向に向かってXの値が増加していることが好ましい。なお、上記の式中のXの値としては、基本的には、X=0.5以上のものを使用することができるが、X=1.0未満になると、着色が激しく、かつ、透明性に劣ることから、X=1.0以上のものを使用することが好ましい。また、X=1.5のものは、Alと酸素とが完全に酸化した状態のものであることから、上限としては、X=1.5までのものを使用することができる。なお、上記の式中のXの値が0の場合、完全な無機単体(純物質)であり、透明ではない。 In the present embodiment, the vapor deposition layer 36 is preferably formed of a transparent inorganic material such as aluminum oxide (aluminum oxide) or silicon oxide. Since the vapor deposition layer 36 has transparency, the user can visually recognize the printing layer 38 located on the inner surface 30x side from the vapor deposition layer 36 from the outer surface 30y side. As the vapor deposition layer 36, it is preferable to use an amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide. Specifically, the vapor deposition layer 36 is an amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide represented by the formula AlO X (where X represents a number in the range of 0.5 to 1.5). As the vapor deposition layer 36, an amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide in which the value of X decreases in the depth direction from the film surface toward the inner surface can be used. The amorphous thin film of aluminum oxide is represented by the formula AlO X (wherein X represents a number in the range of 0.5 to 1.5), and in the depth direction from the thin film surface toward the inner surface. It is preferable that the value of X is increasing. In addition, as a value of X in the above formula, a value of X = 0.5 or more can be basically used. However, when X is less than 1.0, coloring is intense and transparent. Since it is inferior in property, it is preferable to use the thing of X = 1.0 or more. Moreover, since the thing of X = 1.5 is a thing in which Al and oxygen were completely oxidized, the thing to X = 1.5 can be used as an upper limit. In addition, when the value of X in said formula is 0, it is a perfect inorganic simple substance (pure substance), and is not transparent.

 なお、Xの値の減少割合は、例えば、X線光電子分光装置(Xray Photoelectron Spectroscopy:XPS)、二次イオン質量分析装置(Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy:SIMS)などの表面分析装置を用い、深さ方向にイオンエッチングするなどして分析する方法を利用して、蒸着層36の元素分析を行うことより確認することができる。 In addition, the decreasing rate of the value of X is determined by using a surface analyzer such as an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (Xray Photoelectron Spectroscopy: XPS) or a secondary ion mass spectrometer (Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy: SIMS). This can be confirmed by performing an elemental analysis of the vapor deposition layer 36 using a method of analyzing by ion etching or the like.

 <透明蒸着層の第1の好ましい形態>
 以下、蒸着層36の第1の好ましい形態について説明する。蒸着層36は、アルミニウム原子と炭素原子の共有結合を含む無機化合物の混合物からなる層であってもよい。この場合において、蒸着層36は、X線光電子分光装置(測定条件:X線源AlKα、X線出力120W)を用い、深さ方向にイオンエッチングにより測定したピークにアルミニウム原子と炭素原子の共有結合の存在を示し、また、透明性を有しかつ酸素、水蒸気等の透過を妨げるガスバリア性を有してもよい。
<First Preferred Form of Transparent Deposition Layer>
Hereinafter, the 1st preferable form of the vapor deposition layer 36 is demonstrated. The vapor deposition layer 36 may be a layer made of a mixture of inorganic compounds containing a covalent bond between an aluminum atom and a carbon atom. In this case, the vapor deposition layer 36 is a covalent bond between an aluminum atom and a carbon atom at a peak measured by ion etching in the depth direction using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (measurement conditions: X-ray source AlKα, X-ray output 120 W). In addition, it may have a gas barrier property that is transparent and that prevents permeation of oxygen, water vapor, and the like.

 蒸着層36と基材41との界面には、金属原子と炭素原子の共有結合が形成されていてもよい。例えば、蒸着層36が酸化アルミニウムを含む場合、基材41と蒸着層36との界面には、アルミニウム原子と炭素原子の共有結合が形成されているものとすることができる。共有結合は、X線光電子分光法による測定(以下、略して「XPS測定」という)によって検出され得る。 A covalent bond between a metal atom and a carbon atom may be formed at the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the substrate 41. For example, when the vapor deposition layer 36 contains aluminum oxide, a covalent bond between an aluminum atom and a carbon atom can be formed at the interface between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36. The covalent bond can be detected by measurement by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (hereinafter referred to as “XPS measurement” for short).

 また、蒸着層36においては、アルミニウム原子と炭素原子の共有結合の存在比率が、XPS測定により蒸着層36と基材41との界面を測定した場合に観察される炭素原子を含む全結合のうちの0.3%以上且つ30%以下の範囲内であることが好ましい。これにより、蒸着層36と基材41との密着性が強化され、透明性も優れ、ガスバリア性の蒸着フィルムとしてバランスのよい性能のものが得られる。 Moreover, in the vapor deposition layer 36, the abundance ratio of the covalent bond between the aluminum atom and the carbon atom is the total bond including carbon atoms observed when the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the substrate 41 is measured by XPS measurement. It is preferable that it is within the range of 0.3% or more and 30% or less. Thereby, the adhesiveness of the vapor deposition layer 36 and the base material 41 is strengthened, transparency is excellent, and the thing of the performance with a good balance as a gas barrier property vapor deposition film is obtained.

 アルミニウム原子と炭素原子の共有結合の存在比率が0.3%未満であると、蒸着層36の密着性の改善が不十分であり、バリア性を安定して維持することが困難になる。 If the abundance ratio of the covalent bond between the aluminum atom and the carbon atom is less than 0.3%, the adhesion of the vapor deposition layer 36 is not sufficiently improved, and it is difficult to stably maintain the barrier property.

 さらに、酸化アルミニウムを主成分とする蒸着層36の、AL(アルミニウム)/O(酸素)比が、基材41と蒸着層36との界面から、基材41とは反対側の蒸着層36の表面に向かって3nmまでの範囲内において、1.0以下であることが好ましい。
 蒸着層36と基材41との界面から、基材41とは反対側の蒸着層36の表面に向かう範囲内において、AL/Oの比が1.0を超えると、基材41と蒸着層36との間の密着性が不十分となり、かつアルミニウムの割合が高まり、蒸着層36の透明性が低下する。
Furthermore, the AL (aluminum) / O (oxygen) ratio of the vapor deposition layer 36 containing aluminum oxide as a main component is such that the vapor deposition layer 36 on the opposite side of the base material 41 from the interface between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36. In the range up to 3 nm toward the surface, it is preferably 1.0 or less.
If the AL / O ratio exceeds 1.0 within the range from the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the base material 41 toward the surface of the vapor deposition layer 36 on the side opposite to the base material 41, the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer Adhesiveness with 36 becomes insufficient, the proportion of aluminum increases, and the transparency of the vapor deposition layer 36 decreases.

 蒸着層36の厚みは、例えば20Å以上且つ200Åであり、好ましくは30Å以上且つ150Åである。30Å未満であると、ガスバリア性塗布膜37を併用した場合であってもガスバリア性が不十分となる場合がある。一方、150Åを超えると、積層体30のガスバリア性能を維持できない場合がある。この理由は定かではないが、蒸着層36の厚みが150Åを超えると積層体30の屈曲性が低下し、積層体30を袋10に使用した場合に蒸着層36の一部に亀裂ないしピンホールが発生してガスバリア性が低下するものと考えられる。蒸着層36の厚みは、好ましくは、40Å以上且つ130Å以下、より好ましくは、50Å以上且つ120Å以下である。なお、蒸着層36の厚みは、例えば、蛍光X線分析装置(商品名:RIX2000型、株式会社理学製)を用いて、ファンダメンタルパラメーター法で測定することができる。また、蒸着層36の厚みを変更する手段としては、蒸着層36の堆積速度を変更する方法、蒸着する速度を変更する方法などによって行うことができる。 The thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 is, for example, 20 mm or more and 200 mm, preferably 30 mm or more and 150 mm. If it is less than 30 mm, the gas barrier property may be insufficient even when the gas barrier coating film 37 is used together. On the other hand, if it exceeds 150 mm, the gas barrier performance of the laminate 30 may not be maintained. The reason for this is not clear, but if the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 exceeds 150 mm, the flexibility of the laminated body 30 decreases, and when the laminated body 30 is used for the bag 10, a part of the vapor deposition layer 36 is cracked or pinholed. It is considered that gas barrier properties are reduced due to the occurrence of gas. The thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 is preferably 40 mm or more and 130 mm or less, more preferably 50 mm or more and 120 mm or less. In addition, the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36 can be measured by a fundamental parameter method using, for example, a fluorescent X-ray analyzer (trade name: RIX2000 type, manufactured by Rigaku Corporation). As a means for changing the thickness of the vapor deposition layer 36, a method for changing the deposition rate of the vapor deposition layer 36, a method for changing the vapor deposition rate, or the like can be used.

 基材41の内面30x側の面上に蒸着層36を形成する場合、基材41の内面30x側の面に予めコロナ放電処理、フレーム処理、プラズマ処理などを施しておいてもよい。特に、蒸着層36と基材41との界面に、金属原子と炭素原子の共有結合を形成する場合には、蒸着層36を形成しようとする基材41との面に対し前処理を施すことが好ましい。前処理がプラズマ処理である場合、前処理装置により、0.1Pa以上100Pa以下の減圧環境下において、基材41との面に対してプラズマを供給する。プラズマは、アルゴン等の不活性ガス単独又は酸素、窒素、炭酸ガス及びそれらの1種以上のガスとの混合ガスをプラズマ原料ガスとして用い、高周波電圧等による電位差によって、プラズマ原料ガスを励起状態にすることにより、発生させることができる。 When forming the vapor deposition layer 36 on the surface on the inner surface 30x side of the base material 41, the surface on the inner surface 30x side of the base material 41 may be subjected in advance to corona discharge treatment, flame treatment, plasma treatment, or the like. In particular, when a covalent bond of a metal atom and a carbon atom is formed at the interface between the vapor deposition layer 36 and the base material 41, a pretreatment is performed on the surface of the base material 41 on which the vapor deposition layer 36 is to be formed. Is preferred. When the pretreatment is plasma treatment, plasma is supplied to the surface with the base material 41 in a reduced pressure environment of 0.1 Pa or more and 100 Pa or less by the pretreatment apparatus. Plasma uses an inert gas such as argon alone or a mixed gas of oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and one or more of them as a plasma source gas, and the plasma source gas is excited by a potential difference due to a high-frequency voltage or the like. By doing so, it can be generated.

 前処理により、基材41の表面近傍にプラズマを閉じ込めることができる。これにより、基材41の表面の形状や、化学的な結合状態や官能基を変化させ、基材41の表面の化学的性状を変化させることができる。このことにより、基材41と蒸着層36との密着性を向上させることが可能となる。 The plasma can be confined in the vicinity of the surface of the base material 41 by the pretreatment. Thereby, the shape of the surface of the base material 41, a chemical bonding state, and a functional group can be changed, and the chemical properties of the surface of the base material 41 can be changed. As a result, the adhesion between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36 can be improved.

 <透明蒸着層の第2の好ましい形態>
 次に、蒸着層36の第2の好ましい形態について説明する。なお、本願においては、蒸着層36が、上述の第1の好ましい形態及び以下に説明する第2の好ましい形態の両方を満たしていてもよく、いずれか一方の形態のみを満たしていてもよい。また、本願の蒸着層36が上述の第1の好ましい形態及び以下に説明する第2の好ましい形態のいずれをも満たさない場合も考えられ得る。
<Second Preferred Form of Transparent Deposition Layer>
Next, the 2nd preferable form of the vapor deposition layer 36 is demonstrated. In addition, in this application, the vapor deposition layer 36 may satisfy | fill both the above-mentioned 1st preferable form and the 2nd preferable form demonstrated below, and may satisfy | fill only any one form. Moreover, the case where the vapor deposition layer 36 of this application does not satisfy | fill both of the above-mentioned 1st preferable form and the 2nd preferable form demonstrated below can also be considered.

 蒸着層36においては、基材41と酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜などの蒸着層36との密着強度を規定する遷移領域が、蒸着層36に形成されていてもよい。蒸着層36が酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜である場合、遷移領域は、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(TOF-SIMS)を用いて酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜のエッチングを行うことで検出される水酸化アルミニウムに変成する結合構造(Al2O4H)を含む。TOF-SIMSを用いてエッチングを行うことで規定される酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜に対する、TOF-SIMSを用いて規定される該変成される遷移領域の割合により定義される遷移領域の変成率は、好ましくは45%以下である。このような形態は、遷移領域の変成率を規定することで、基材41と酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜との間の密着強度が改善された、バリア性を備える積層体30を特定できるとの知見に基づくものである。 In the vapor deposition layer 36, a transition region defining the adhesion strength between the base material 41 and the vapor deposition layer 36 such as an aluminum oxide vapor deposition film may be formed in the vapor deposition layer 36. When the vapor deposition layer 36 is an aluminum oxide vapor deposition film, the transition region is an aluminum hydroxide detected by etching the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film using time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS). Includes a transforming bond structure (Al2O4H). The transition region transformation rate defined by the ratio of the transition region transformed using TOF-SIMS to the aluminum oxide vapor deposition membrane prescribed by etching using TOF-SIMS is preferably 45% or less. Such a form is based on the knowledge that by specifying the metamorphic rate of the transition region, the adhesion strength between the base material 41 and the aluminum oxide vapor-deposited film can be improved, and the laminate 30 having barrier properties can be specified. Is based.

 遷移領域の変成率について具体的に説明する。まず、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析計を用いてCsにより、酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜の最表面からエッチングを行い、酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜とプラスチック基材との界面の元素結合及び蒸着膜の元素結合を測定する。続いて、測定された元素および元素結合について、図5に示すように、それぞれの実測グラフを得る。 The transition region metamorphic rate will be explained in detail. First, etching is performed from the outermost surface of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film by Cs using a time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer, and the element bond of the interface between the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film and the plastic substrate and the element bond of the vapor deposition film are performed. taking measurement. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5, respective measured graphs are obtained for the measured elements and element bonds.

 酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜における水酸化アルミニウムが形成するプラスチック基材と蒸着膜の界面の遷移領域を極力狭くするために、AL2O4Hに注目し、1)元素C6のグラフの強度Hが半分になる位置(図5において強度(Intensity)がHになる位置)を、プラスチック基材と酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜の界面(図5において横軸(Cycle)がTの位置)として特定する。また、界面から酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜の表面(図5において横軸(Cycle)がTの位置)までを、酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜として特定する。続いて、2)元素結合AL2O4Hを表すグラフにおけるピーク(図5において横軸(Cycle)がTの位置)を求め、そのピークの位置から界面の位置までを遷移領域として特定する。続いて、3)(元素結合AL2O4Hのピークから界面までの遷移領域/酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜)×100(%)として遷移領域の水酸化アルミニウムへの変成率を求めるものである。図5に示す例において、変成率は、(W2/W1)×100(%)である。 To narrow the transition region of the interface of the plastic substrate and the vapor deposition film of aluminum hydroxide formed in the aluminum oxide deposited film as much as possible, paying attention to AL2O4H, 1) intensity H 0 of the graph element C6 is halved position ( The position where the intensity (Intensity) becomes H 1 in FIG. 5) is specified as the interface between the plastic substrate and the aluminum oxide deposition film (the position where the horizontal axis (Cycle) is T 1 in FIG. 5). Further, the surface from the interface to the surface of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film (the position where the horizontal axis (Cycle) is T 0 in FIG. 5) is specified as the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film. Subsequently, 2) peak in the graph representing the element binding AL2O4H (horizontal axis shows 5 (Cycle) is asked to T 2 of the position) is specified from the position of the peak to the position of the interface as a transition region. Subsequently, 3) (transition region from the peak of the element bond AL2O4H to the interface / aluminum oxide vapor deposition film) × 100 (%) is obtained to determine the conversion rate of the transition region into aluminum hydroxide. In the example shown in FIG. 5, the metamorphic rate is (W2 / W1) × 100 (%).

 酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜の成膜は、酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜の遷移領域の変成率を好ましい値とするために、酸化アルミ蒸着工程前に、プラスチックの基材41の表面にプラズマ前処理を行うことが好ましい。プラズマ前処理において、プラズマガスとして供給する酸素ガスとアルゴンまたはヘリウムとの混合比率は、5対1、好ましくは、2対1である。混合比率を5対1とすることで、プラスチック基材上での蒸着アルミニウムの膜形成エネルギーが増加し、更に2対1とすることで、水酸化アルミニウムの形成が基材の界面近傍で形成される、すなわち該遷移領域の変成率が低下する。 In forming the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film, it is preferable to perform plasma pretreatment on the surface of the plastic substrate 41 before the aluminum oxide vapor deposition step in order to obtain a preferable value for the transformation rate of the transition region of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film. . In the plasma pretreatment, the mixing ratio of oxygen gas supplied as plasma gas and argon or helium is 5 to 1, preferably 2 to 1. By setting the mixing ratio to 5: 1, the film formation energy of vapor-deposited aluminum on the plastic substrate is increased, and by further setting 2: 1, the formation of aluminum hydroxide is formed in the vicinity of the interface of the substrate. That is, the transformation rate of the transition region is lowered.

 蒸着膜を成膜する蒸着法としては、物理蒸着法、化学蒸着の中から種々の蒸着法が適用できる。物理蒸着法としては、蒸着法、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法、イオンビームアシスト法、クラスターイオンビーム法からなる群から選ぶことができ、化学蒸着法としては、プラズマCVD法、プラズマ重合法、熱CVD法、触媒反応型CVD法からなる群から選ぶことができる。本形態においては、物理蒸着法の蒸着法が好適である。 As a vapor deposition method for forming a vapor deposition film, various vapor deposition methods can be applied among physical vapor deposition and chemical vapor deposition. The physical vapor deposition method can be selected from the group consisting of vapor deposition method, sputtering method, ion plating method, ion beam assist method, and cluster ion beam method. Chemical vapor deposition methods include plasma CVD method, plasma polymerization method, thermal method. It can be selected from the group consisting of CVD method and catalytic reaction type CVD method. In this embodiment, a physical vapor deposition method is preferred.

 上記のように製膜される酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜の厚さは、好ましくは3nm以上且つ50nm以下であり、好ましくは8nm以上且つ30nm以下である。この範囲であれば、バリア性を保持し易い。 The thickness of the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film formed as described above is preferably 3 nm or more and 50 nm or less, and preferably 8 nm or more and 30 nm or less. If it is this range, it will be easy to hold | maintain barrier property.

 〔ガスバリア性塗布膜〕
 ガスバリア性塗布膜37は、酸素ガスおよび水蒸気などの透過を抑制する層として機能する層である。ガスバリア性塗布膜37は、一般式R M(OR(ただし、式中、R、Rは、炭素数1~8の有機基を表し、Mは、金属原子を表し、nは、0以上の整数を表し、mは、1以上の整数を表し、n+mは、Mの原子価を表す。)で表される少なくとも一種以上のアルコキシドと、上記のようなポリビニルアルコ-ル系樹脂および/またはエチレン・ビニルアルコ-ル共重合体とを含有し、さらに、ゾルゲル法触媒、酸、水、および、有機溶剤の存在下に、ゾルゲル法によって重縮合する透明ガスバリア性組成物により得られる。
[Gas barrier coating film]
The gas barrier coating film 37 is a layer that functions as a layer that suppresses permeation of oxygen gas, water vapor, and the like. The gas barrier coating film 37 has a general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m (wherein R 1 and R 2 represent an organic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, M represents a metal atom, n represents an integer of 0 or more, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n + m represents a valence of M.) and a polyvinyl alcohol as described above And a transparent gas barrier composition that is polycondensed by a sol-gel method in the presence of a sol-gel method catalyst, an acid, water, and an organic solvent. It is done.

 上記の一般式R M(ORで表されるアルコキシドとしては、アルコキシドの部分加水分解物、アルコキシドの加水分解の縮合物の少なくとも一種以上を使用することができる。また、上記のアルコキシドの部分加水分解物としては、アルコキシ基のすべてが加水分解されている必要はなく、1個以上が加水分解されているもの、および、その混合物であってもよい。アルコキシドの加水分解の縮合物としては、部分加水分解アルコキシドの2量体以上のもの、具体的には、2~6量体のものを使用される。 As the alkoxide represented by the general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m , at least one kind of a partial hydrolyzate of alkoxide and a condensate of hydrolysis of alkoxide can be used. Moreover, as a partial hydrolyzate of said alkoxide, all the alkoxy groups do not need to be hydrolyzed, The thing by which 1 or more was hydrolyzed, and its mixture may be sufficient. As the condensate of hydrolysis of alkoxide, a dimer or more of partially hydrolyzed alkoxide, specifically, a dimer to hexamer is used.

 上記の一般式R M(ORで表されるアルコキシドにおいて、Mで表される金属原子としては、ケイ素、ジルコニウム、チタン、アルミニウム、その他などを使用することができる。好ましい金属としては、例えば、ケイ素、チタンなどを挙げることができる。また、本発明において、アルコキシドの用い方としては、単独または二種以上の異なる金属原子のアルコキシドを同一溶液中に混合して使うこともできる。 In the alkoxide represented by the above general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m , as the metal atom represented by M, silicon, zirconium, titanium, aluminum, and the like can be used. Examples of preferable metals include silicon and titanium. In the present invention, alkoxides may be used alone or in combination of two or more different metal atom alkoxides in the same solution.

 また、上記の一般式R M(ORで表されるアルコキシドにおいて、Rで表される有機基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、その他などのアルキル基を挙げることができる。また、上記の一般式R M(ORで表されるアルコキシドにおいて、Rで表される有機基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、その他などを挙げることができる。なお、同一分子中にこれらのアルキル基は同一であっても、異なってもよい。 In the alkoxide represented by the general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m , specific examples of the organic group represented by R 1 include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, i Examples thereof include alkyl groups such as -propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group and others. In the alkoxide represented by the general formula R 1 n M (OR 2 ) m , specific examples of the organic group represented by R 2 include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, i -Propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, and the like. These alkyl groups in the same molecule may be the same or different.

 上記の透明ガスバリア性組成物を調製する際、例えば、シランカップリング剤などを添加してもよい。上記のシランカップリング剤としては、既知の有機反応性基含有オルガノアルコキシシランを用いることができる。特に、エポキシ基を有するオルガノアルコキシシランが好適に用いられ、具体的には、例えば、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、または、β-(3、4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシランなどを使用することができる。上記のようなシランカップリング剤は、一種または二種以上を混合して用いてもよい。 When preparing the above transparent gas barrier composition, for example, a silane coupling agent or the like may be added. As said silane coupling agent, known organic reactive group containing organoalkoxysilane can be used. In particular, an organoalkoxysilane having an epoxy group is preferably used. Specifically, for example, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, or β- (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane and the like can be used. The above silane coupling agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 (接着剤層)
 接着剤層45は、第1フィルム40とシーラントフィルム70とを接着するための接着剤を含む。接着剤の例としては、エーテル系の二液反応型接着剤、エステル系の二液反応型接着剤などを挙げることができる。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer 45 includes an adhesive for bonding the first film 40 and the sealant film 70. Examples of adhesives include ether-based two-component reactive adhesives and ester-based two-component reactive adhesives.

 エーテル系の二液反応型接着剤としては、例えば、ポリエーテルポリウレタンなどを挙げることができる。ポリエーテルポリウレタンは、主剤としてのポリエーテルポリオールと、硬化剤としてのイソシアネート化合物とが反応することにより生成される硬化物である。イソシアネート化合物としては、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)などの芳香族系イソシアネート化合物、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)などの脂肪族系イソシアネート化合物、あるいは、上記各種イソシアネート化合物の付加体または多量体を用いることができる。好ましくは、硬化剤として、芳香族系イソシアネート化合物を用いる。これにより、脂肪族系イソシアネート化合物を用いる場合に比べて、第1フィルム40とシーラントフィルム70との間のラミネート強度をより高めることができる。 Examples of ether-based two-component reactive adhesives include polyether polyurethane. The polyether polyurethane is a cured product produced by a reaction between a polyether polyol as a main agent and an isocyanate compound as a curing agent. Isocyanate compounds include aromatic isocyanate compounds such as tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), xylylene diisocyanate (XDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and the like. Aliphatic isocyanate compounds, or adducts or multimers of the above-mentioned various isocyanate compounds can be used. Preferably, an aromatic isocyanate compound is used as the curing agent. Thereby, the lamination strength between the 1st film 40 and the sealant film 70 can be raised more compared with the case where an aliphatic isocyanate compound is used.

 エステル系の二液反応型接着剤としては、例えば、ポリエステルポリウレタンやポリエステルなどが挙げられる。ポリエステルポリウレタンは、主剤としてのポリエステルポリオールと、硬化剤としてのイソシアネート化合物とが反応することにより生成される硬化物である。イソシアネート化合物の例は、上述のエーテル系の接着剤の場合と同様である。 Examples of the ester-based two-component reactive adhesive include polyester polyurethane and polyester. Polyester polyurethane is a cured product produced by a reaction between a polyester polyol as a main agent and an isocyanate compound as a curing agent. Examples of the isocyanate compound are the same as in the case of the ether-based adhesive described above.

 接着剤層45は、例えば、接着剤組成物を第1フィルム40又はシーラントフィルム70に塗布し、その後、接着剤組成物が乾燥し、また、接着剤組成物中の主剤と溶剤とが反応して接着剤組成物が硬化することによって形成される。接着剤層45の厚みは、好ましくは1μm以上であり、より好ましくは2μm以上である。 For example, the adhesive layer 45 is applied to the first film 40 or the sealant film 70 after the adhesive composition is applied, and then the adhesive composition is dried, and the main agent and the solvent in the adhesive composition are reacted. The adhesive composition is formed by curing. The thickness of the adhesive layer 45 is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more.

 (シーラントフィルム)
 シーラントフィルム70は、積層体30の内面30xを構成するシーラント層71を少なくとも含む。シーラント層71を構成する材料としては、ポリエチレンなどの樹脂を用いることができる。
(Sealant film)
The sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71 that constitutes the inner surface 30 x of the laminate 30. As a material constituting the sealant layer 71, a resin such as polyethylene can be used.

 ポリエチレンは、例えば、密度に基づいて低密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレンに分類される。低密度ポリエチレンとは、密度が0.910g/cm以上且つ0.925g/cm以下のポリエチレンである。中密度ポリエチレンは、密度が0.926g/cm以上且つ0.940g/cm以下のポリエチレンである。高密度ポリエチレンとは、密度が0.941g/cm以上且つ0.965g/cm以下のポリエチレンである。低密度ポリエチレンは、例えば、1000気圧以上且つ2000気圧未満の高圧でエチレンを重合することにより得られる。中密度ポリエチレン及び高密度ポリエチレンは、例えば、1気圧以上且つ1000気圧未満の中圧又は低圧でエチレンを重合することにより得られる。なお、中密度ポリエチレン及び高密度ポリエチレンは、エチレンとα-オレフィンとの共重合体を部分的に含んでいてもよい。 For example, polyethylene is classified into low density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, and high density polyethylene based on density. The low-density polyethylene, density of 0.910 g / cm 3 or more and 0.925 g / cm 3 or less of polyethylene. Medium density polyethylene is polyethylene having a density of 0.926 g / cm 3 or more and 0.940 g / cm 3 or less. The high density polyethylene is polyethylene having a density of 0.941 g / cm 3 or more and 0.965 g / cm 3 or less. Low density polyethylene is obtained, for example, by polymerizing ethylene at a high pressure of 1000 atm or more and less than 2000 atm. The medium density polyethylene and the high density polyethylene are obtained, for example, by polymerizing ethylene at a medium pressure or low pressure of 1 atm or more and less than 1000 atm. The medium density polyethylene and the high density polyethylene may partially contain a copolymer of ethylene and α-olefin.

 なお、中圧又は低圧でエチレンを重合する場合であっても、エチレンとα-オレフィンとの共重合体を含む場合は、中密度又は低密度のポリエチレンが生成され得る。このようなポリエチレンは、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンと称される。直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンは、中圧又は低圧でエチレンを重合することにより得られる直鎖状ポリマーにα-オレフィンを共重合させて短鎖分岐を導入することによって得られる。α-オレフィンの例としては、1-ブテン(C)、1-ヘキセン(C)、4-メチルペンテン(C)、1-オクテン(C)などを挙げることができる。直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンの密度は、例えば0.915g/cm以上且つ0.945g/cm以下である。 Even when ethylene is polymerized at an intermediate pressure or a low pressure, when a copolymer of ethylene and α-olefin is contained, an intermediate density or low density polyethylene can be produced. Such polyethylene is referred to as linear low density polyethylene. The linear low density polyethylene is obtained by introducing a short chain branch by copolymerizing an α-olefin with a linear polymer obtained by polymerizing ethylene at a medium pressure or a low pressure. Examples of α-olefins include 1-butene (C 4 ), 1-hexene (C 6 ), 4-methylpentene (C 6 ), 1-octene (C 8 ) and the like. The density of the linear low density polyethylene is, for example, 0.915 g / cm 3 or more and 0.945 g / cm 3 or less.

 シーラント層71を構成するポリエチレンとしては、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンなどを用いることができる。好ましくは、シーラント層71は、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む。これにより、シール強度を高め、落下強度などの袋10の耐衝撃性を高めることができる。シーラント層71は、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンに加えて低密度ポリエチレンを更に含んでいてもよい。これにより、積層体30の引き裂き性を高めることができる。シーラント層71が直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン及び低密度ポリエチレンの両方を含む場合、好ましくは、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンの含有量(重量%)が低密度ポリエチレンの含有量(重量%)よりも大きい。シーラント層71は、単層であってもよく、多層であってもよい。 As the polyethylene constituting the sealant layer 71, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, or the like can be used. Preferably, the sealant layer 71 includes linear low density polyethylene. Thereby, seal strength can be improved and the impact resistance of the bag 10 such as drop strength can be increased. The sealant layer 71 may further include a low density polyethylene in addition to the linear low density polyethylene. Thereby, the tearability of the laminated body 30 can be improved. When the sealant layer 71 includes both linear low density polyethylene and low density polyethylene, the content (% by weight) of the linear low density polyethylene is preferably larger than the content (% by weight) of the low density polyethylene. . The sealant layer 71 may be a single layer or a multilayer.

 シーラント層71の厚みは、好ましくは80μm以上であり、より好ましくは120μm以上である。また、シーラント層71の厚みは、好ましくは170μm以下であり、より好ましくは150μm以下である。 The thickness of the sealant layer 71 is preferably 80 μm or more, and more preferably 120 μm or more. The thickness of the sealant layer 71 is preferably 170 μm or less, and more preferably 150 μm or less.

 下部フィルムの層構成
 次に、下部フィルム16の層構成について説明する。
Next, the layer structure of the lower film 16 will be described.

 表面フィルム14の内面及び裏面フィルム15の内面と接合可能な内面を有する限りにおいて、下部フィルム16の層構成は任意である。例えば、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15と同様に、下部フィルム16として上述の積層体30を用いてもよい。若しくは、内面がシーラント層によって構成され、且つ積層体30とは異なる構成のフィルムを、下部フィルム16として用いてもよい。例えば、下部フィルム16には引き裂き性が求められないので、下部フィルム16のシーラント層における低密度ポリエチレンの含有量(重量%)は、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15のシーラント層71における低密度ポリエチレンの含有量(重量%)よりも小さくてもよい。若しくは、下部フィルム16のシーラント層は、低密度ポリエチレンを含んでいなくてもよい。下部フィルム16のシーラント層の厚みは、例えば60μm以上であり、好ましくは80μm以上であり、より好ましくは100μm以上であり、更に好ましくは110μm以上である。 The layer structure of the lower film 16 is arbitrary as long as it has an inner surface that can be joined to the inner surface of the front film 14 and the inner surface of the back film 15. For example, similar to the front film 14 and the back film 15, the above-described laminate 30 may be used as the lower film 16. Alternatively, a film having an inner surface constituted by a sealant layer and a configuration different from that of the laminate 30 may be used as the lower film 16. For example, since the tearing property is not required for the lower film 16, the content (% by weight) of the low density polyethylene in the sealant layer of the lower film 16 is the same as that of the low density polyethylene in the sealant layer 71 of the front film 14 and the back film 15. It may be smaller than the content (% by weight). Alternatively, the sealant layer of the lower film 16 may not include low density polyethylene. The thickness of the sealant layer of the lower film 16 is, for example, 60 μm or more, preferably 80 μm or more, more preferably 100 μm or more, and further preferably 110 μm or more.

 第1フィルムの製造方法
 次に、第1フィルム40の製造方法の一例について説明する。
Method for Manufacturing First Film Next, an example of a method for manufacturing the first film 40 will be described.

 まず、主成分としてPBTを含む樹脂材料を準備する。続いて、キャスト法やチューブラー法などの溶融押出法で樹脂材料を押し出すことにより、フィルム状の基材41を作製する。続いて、アルミニウム酸化物などの無機材料をフィルム状の基材41に蒸着させて、蒸着層36を形成してもよい。続いて、蒸着層36上に透明ガスバリア性組成物を塗布して、ガスバリア性塗布膜37を形成してもよい。その後、基材41上又はガスバリア性塗布膜37上に印刷層38を形成する。このようにして、基材41と、印刷層38とを備える第1フィルム40、あるいは、基材41と、蒸着層36及びガスバリア性塗布膜37を含むガスバリア層35と、印刷層38とを備える第1フィルム40を得ることができる。 First, a resin material containing PBT as a main component is prepared. Subsequently, the film-like base material 41 is produced by extruding a resin material by a melt extrusion method such as a cast method or a tubular method. Subsequently, an inorganic material such as aluminum oxide may be deposited on the film-like substrate 41 to form the deposited layer 36. Subsequently, a gas barrier coating film 37 may be formed by applying a transparent gas barrier composition on the vapor deposition layer 36. Thereafter, the printing layer 38 is formed on the base material 41 or the gas barrier coating film 37. Thus, the 1st film 40 provided with the base material 41 and the printing layer 38, or the base material 41, the gas barrier layer 35 containing the vapor deposition layer 36 and the gas barrier coating film 37, and the printing layer 38 are provided. The first film 40 can be obtained.

 積層体の製造方法
 次に、積層体30の製造方法の一例について説明する。
Method for producing a laminate Next, an example of a method for producing a laminate 30.

 まず、上述の第1フィルム40、及び、シーラント層71を含むシーラントフィルム70を準備する。続いて、ドライラミネート法により、接着剤層45を介して第1フィルム40とシーラントフィルム70とを積層する。これによって、第1フィルム40及びシーラントフィルム70を備える積層体30を得ることができる。 First, a sealant film 70 including the first film 40 and the sealant layer 71 described above is prepared. Subsequently, the first film 40 and the sealant film 70 are laminated via the adhesive layer 45 by a dry laminating method. Thereby, the laminated body 30 provided with the 1st film 40 and the sealant film 70 can be obtained.

 ドライラミネート法においては、まず、積層される2つのフィルムのうちの一方に接着剤組成物を塗布する。続いて、塗布された接着剤組成物を乾燥させて溶剤を揮発させる。その後、乾燥後の接着剤組成物を介して2つのフィルムを積層する。続いて、積層された2つのフィルムを巻き取った状態で、例えば20℃以上の環境下で24時間以上にわたってエージングする。 In the dry laminating method, first, an adhesive composition is applied to one of two laminated films. Subsequently, the applied adhesive composition is dried to volatilize the solvent. Then, two films are laminated | stacked through the adhesive composition after drying. Subsequently, aging is performed for 24 hours or more in an environment of 20 ° C. or higher, for example, in a state where the two laminated films are wound up.

 袋の製造方法
 上述の積層体30からなる表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を準備する。また、表面フィルム14と裏面フィルム15との間に、折り返した状態の下部フィルム16を挿入する。続いて、各フィルムの内面同士をヒートシールして、下部シール部12a、側部シール部13a、注出口シール部20aなどのシール部を形成する。また、ヒートシールによって互いに接合されたフィルムを適切な形状に切断して、図1に示す袋10を得る。
Manufacturing method of bag The front film 14 and the back film 15 which consist of the above-mentioned laminated body 30 are prepared. In addition, the lower film 16 in a folded state is inserted between the front film 14 and the back film 15. Subsequently, the inner surfaces of each film are heat-sealed to form seal portions such as a lower seal portion 12a, a side seal portion 13a, and a spout seal portion 20a. Further, the films bonded to each other by heat sealing are cut into an appropriate shape to obtain a bag 10 shown in FIG.

 続いて、積み重ねられた状態の複数の袋10を充填装置に投入する。充填装置においては、1枚ずつ袋10を引き抜き、そして、内容物を充填するための場所まで袋10を搬送する。次に、上部11の開口部11bを介して内容物を袋10に充填する。その後、上部11をヒートシールして上部シール部を形成する。続いて、内容物が収容された状態の袋10を、金属からなる表面を有する搬送路の上を滑動させて、袋10を充填装置から排出する。このようにして、内容物が収容され封止された袋10を得ることができる。 Subsequently, the plurality of stacked bags 10 are put into a filling device. In the filling apparatus, the bags 10 are pulled out one by one, and the bags 10 are transported to a place for filling the contents. Next, the contents are filled into the bag 10 through the opening 11 b of the upper portion 11. Thereafter, the upper part 11 is heat-sealed to form an upper seal part. Subsequently, the bag 10 in a state where the contents are accommodated is slid on a conveyance path having a metal surface, and the bag 10 is discharged from the filling device. Thus, the bag 10 in which the contents are accommodated and sealed can be obtained.

 以下、本実施の形態に係る袋10の利点について説明する。 Hereinafter, advantages of the bag 10 according to the present embodiment will be described.

 本実施の形態においては、袋10の表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する積層体30が、PBTを主成分とする基材41を含むことにより、下記の効果を奏することができる。
 まず、PBTは、印刷適性に優れる。このため、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(以下、PETとも記す)の場合と同様に、PBTを含む基材41上に印刷層38を設けることができる。
 また、PBTは、高い強度を有する。このため、袋10を構成する積層体がナイロンを含む場合と同様に、積層体30及び袋10の突き刺し強度を高めることができる。積層体30の突き刺し強度は、12N以上であることが好ましく、15N以上であることがより好ましく、16N以上であることが更に好ましい。突き刺し強度の測定方法については、後述する実施例A1において説明する
In this Embodiment, when the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back surface film 15 of the bag 10 contains the base material 41 which has PBT as a main component, there can exist the following effect.
First, PBT is excellent in printability. For this reason, as in the case of polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter also referred to as PET), the printing layer 38 can be provided on the substrate 41 containing PBT.
PBT has high strength. For this reason, the puncture strength of the laminated body 30 and the bag 10 can be increased similarly to the case where the laminated body constituting the bag 10 includes nylon. The puncture strength of the laminate 30 is preferably 12N or more, more preferably 15N or more, and still more preferably 16N or more. The method for measuring the piercing strength will be described in Example A1 described later.

 また、PBTは、ナイロンに比べて水分を吸収しにくいという特性を有する。このため、PBTを含む基材41を積層体30の外面30yに配置した場合であっても、基材41が水分を吸収して袋10の外面の摩擦係数が増加してしまうことを抑制することができる。例えば、常温環境下に置かれていた際の袋10の外面同士の間の摩擦係数と、高温高湿環境下に置かれた後の袋10の外面同士の間の摩擦係数との差が大きくなることを抑制することができる。これにより、充填装置における、上述の袋10の引き抜き工程や搬送工程を効率的に実施することができる。温度20~30℃及び湿度40~60%の環境下に置かれていた際の袋10の外面同士の摩擦係数と、温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管された後の袋10の外面同士の間の摩擦係数との差は、好ましくは0.03以下である。 Also, PBT has a characteristic that it is less likely to absorb moisture than nylon. For this reason, even if it is a case where the base material 41 containing PBT is arrange | positioned on the outer surface 30y of the laminated body 30, it suppresses that the base material 41 absorbs a water | moisture content and the friction coefficient of the outer surface of the bag 10 will increase. be able to. For example, there is a large difference between the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 when placed in a room temperature environment and the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 after placed in a high temperature and high humidity environment. It can be suppressed. Thereby, the above-mentioned extraction process and conveyance process of the bag 10 in a filling apparatus can be implemented efficiently. The coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 when placed in an environment with a temperature of 20-30 ° C. and a humidity of 40-60% and after being stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90% The difference from the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 is preferably 0.03 or less.

 また、本実施の形態においては、積層体30がガスバリア層35を含むことにより、第1フィルム40にガスバリア性を持たせることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, when the laminate 30 includes the gas barrier layer 35, the first film 40 can be provided with a gas barrier property.

 また、本実施の形態によれば、袋10の表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する積層体30のシーラント層71が、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンなどのポリエチレン樹脂を含む。これにより、シール強度を高め、落下強度などの袋10の耐衝撃性を高めることができる。 Moreover, according to this Embodiment, the sealant layer 71 of the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 contains polyethylene resins, such as a linear low density polyethylene. Thereby, seal strength can be improved and the impact resistance of the bag 10 such as drop strength can be increased.

 なお、上述した実施の形態に対して様々な変更を加えることが可能である。以下、必要に応じて図面を参照しながら、変形例について説明する。以下の説明および以下の説明で用いる図面では、上述した実施の形態と同様に構成され得る部分について、上述の実施の形態における対応する部分に対して用いた符号と同一の符号を用いることとし、重複する説明を省略する。また、上述した実施の形態において得られる作用効果が変形例においても得られることが明らかである場合、その説明を省略することもある。 Note that various modifications can be made to the above-described embodiment. Hereinafter, modified examples will be described with reference to the drawings as necessary. In the following description and the drawings used in the following description, the same reference numerals as those used for the corresponding parts in the above embodiment are used for the parts that can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment. A duplicate description is omitted. In addition, when it is clear that the operational effects obtained in the above-described embodiment can be obtained in the modified example, the description thereof may be omitted.

 (層構成の変形例)
 上述の図2及び図3においては、基材41に印刷層38が設けられる例を示したが、これに限られることはなく、基材41に印刷層38が設けられていなくてもよい。例えば、第1フィルム40が基材41からなっていてもよい。また、第1フィルム40が、基材41と、基材41に設けられたガスバリア層35と、からなっていてもよい。
(Modification of layer structure)
2 and 3 described above, an example in which the printing layer 38 is provided on the base material 41 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the printing layer 38 may not be provided on the base material 41. For example, the first film 40 may be made of the base material 41. Further, the first film 40 may be composed of a base material 41 and a gas barrier layer 35 provided on the base material 41.

 各層の配置の例を列挙すると下記のとおりである。
 配置例1:基材/接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例2:基材/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例3:基材/透明ガスバリア層/印刷層/接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例4:基材/透明ガスバリア層/接着剤層/シーラント層
Examples of the arrangement of each layer are listed below.
Arrangement Example 1: Substrate / Adhesive Layer / Sealant Layer Arrangement Example 2: Substrate / Printing Layer / Adhesive Layer / Sealant Layer Arrangement Example 3: Substrate / Transparent Gas Barrier Layer / Printing Layer / Adhesive Layer / Sealant Layer Arrangement Example 4: Substrate / transparent gas barrier layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer

 第2の実施の形態
 図6及び図7を参照して、本発明の第2の実施の形態について説明する。上述の第1の実施の形態においては、積層体の基材を構成するプラスチックフィルムが1つのみである例を示した。本実施の形態においては、積層体の基材を構成するプラスチックフィルムが2つ存在する例について説明する。本実施の形態において、第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。また、第1の実施の形態において得られる作用効果が本実施の形態においても得られることが明らかである場合、その説明を省略することもある。
Second Embodiment With reference to FIGS. 6 and 7, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the above-described first embodiment, an example in which there is only one plastic film constituting the base material of the laminated body has been shown. In the present embodiment, an example in which two plastic films constituting the base material of the laminate are present will be described. In the present embodiment, the same parts as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted. Moreover, when it is clear that the effect obtained in the first embodiment can be obtained in the present embodiment, the description thereof may be omitted.

 図6は、第2の実施の形態における積層体30の層構成の一例を示す断面図である。また、図7は、第2の実施の形態における積層体30の層構成のその他の例を示す断面図である。図6及び図7に示すように、積層体30は、第1フィルム50、第2フィルム60及びシーラントフィルム70をこの順で少なくとも含む。第1フィルム50は、外面30y側に位置しており、シーラントフィルム70は、外面30yの反対側の内面30x側に位置している。 FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example of the layer configuration of the stacked body 30 in the second embodiment. Moreover, FIG. 7 is sectional drawing which shows the other example of the layer structure of the laminated body 30 in 2nd Embodiment. As shown in FIG.6 and FIG.7, the laminated body 30 contains the 1st film 50, the 2nd film 60, and the sealant film 70 at least in this order. The first film 50 is located on the outer surface 30y side, and the sealant film 70 is located on the inner surface 30x side opposite to the outer surface 30y.

 第1フィルム50は、第1基材51を少なくとも含む。また、第1フィルム50は、図6及び図7に示すように、第1基材51と第2基材61の間に位置する印刷層38を更に含んでいてもよい。例えば、第1フィルム50は、第1基材51に設けられた印刷層38を更に含んでいてもよい。第2フィルム60は、第2基材61を少なくとも含む。また、第2フィルム60は、図6及び図7に示すように、第2基材61に設けられた蒸着層36を更に備えていてもよい。図6に示す例において、蒸着層36は、第2基材61の外面30y側に設けられている。また、図7に示す例において、蒸着層36は、第2基材61の内面30x側に設けられている。シーラントフィルム70は、シーラント層71を少なくとも含む。 The first film 50 includes at least a first base material 51. Moreover, the 1st film 50 may further contain the printing layer 38 located between the 1st base material 51 and the 2nd base material 61, as shown in FIG.6 and FIG.7. For example, the first film 50 may further include a printing layer 38 provided on the first base material 51. The second film 60 includes at least a second base material 61. Moreover, the 2nd film 60 may further be provided with the vapor deposition layer 36 provided in the 2nd base material 61, as shown in FIG.6 and FIG.7. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the vapor deposition layer 36 is provided on the outer surface 30 y side of the second base material 61. In the example shown in FIG. 7, the vapor deposition layer 36 is provided on the inner surface 30 x side of the second base material 61. The sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71.

 第1フィルム50と第2フィルム60とは第1接着剤層55によって接合されており、第2フィルム60とシーラントフィルム70とは第2接着剤層65によって接合されている。従って、図6に示す積層体30は、外面側から内面側へ順に、
  第1基材/印刷層/第1接着剤層/蒸着層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層、
を備えている、と言える。また、図7に示す積層体30は、外面側から内面側へ順に、
  第1基材/印刷層/第1接着剤層/第2基材/蒸着層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層、
を備えている、と言える。このように、蒸着層36は、第1基材51と第2基材61との間に位置していてもよく、第2基材61とシーラント層71との間に位置していてもよい。なお、「/」は層と層の境界を表している。
The first film 50 and the second film 60 are joined by a first adhesive layer 55, and the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 are joined by a second adhesive layer 65. Therefore, the laminate 30 shown in FIG. 6 is sequentially from the outer surface side to the inner surface side.
First substrate / printing layer / first adhesive layer / deposition layer / second substrate / second adhesive layer / sealant layer,
It can be said that it has. Moreover, the laminated body 30 shown in FIG. 7 in order from the outer surface side to the inner surface side,
First substrate / printing layer / first adhesive layer / second substrate / deposition layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer,
It can be said that it has. Thus, the vapor deposition layer 36 may be located between the 1st base material 51 and the 2nd base material 61, and may be located between the 2nd base material 61 and the sealant layer 71. . Note that “/” represents a boundary between layers.

 以下、第1フィルム50、第1接着剤層55、第2フィルム60、第2接着剤層65及びシーラントフィルム70についてそれぞれ詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, each of the first film 50, the first adhesive layer 55, the second film 60, the second adhesive layer 65, and the sealant film 70 will be described in detail.

 (第1フィルム)
 図6及び図7に示す例において、第1フィルム50は、積層体30の外面30yを構成する第1基材51と、第1基材51の内面30x側に設けられた印刷層38と、を含む。第1基材51は、上述の第1の実施の形態における基材41と同様に、主成分としてポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む。例えば、第1基材51は、51質量%以上のPBTを含む。PBTを含む第1基材51の構成としては、上述の第1の実施の形態における基材41に関して説明した第1の構成又は第2の構成のいずれを採用してもよい。
(First film)
In the example shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the first film 50 includes a first base 51 that constitutes the outer surface 30 y of the laminate 30, a printed layer 38 provided on the inner surface 30 x side of the first base 51, including. The 1st base material 51 contains polybutylene terephthalate as a main ingredient like base material 41 in the above-mentioned 1st embodiment. For example, the 1st base material 51 contains 51 mass% or more PBT. As the configuration of the first base material 51 including PBT, any of the first configuration and the second configuration described with respect to the base material 41 in the first embodiment described above may be adopted.

 (第1接着剤層)
 第1接着剤層55は、第1フィルム50と第2フィルム60とを接着するための第1接着剤を含む。第1接着剤の例としては、上述の第1の実施の形態における接着剤層45の場合と同様に、エーテル系の二液反応型接着剤、エステル系の二液反応型接着剤などを挙げることができる。
(First adhesive layer)
The first adhesive layer 55 includes a first adhesive for bonding the first film 50 and the second film 60. Examples of the first adhesive include an ether-based two-component reactive adhesive, an ester-based two-component reactive adhesive, and the like, as in the case of the adhesive layer 45 in the first embodiment described above. be able to.

 (第2フィルム)
 第2フィルム60は、第2基材61と、第2基材61に設けられた蒸着層36と、を含む。
(Second film)
The second film 60 includes a second substrate 61 and a vapor deposition layer 36 provided on the second substrate 61.

 〔第2基材〕
 第2基材61は、主成分としてPETを含む。例えば、第2基材61は、51質量%以上のPETを含む。第2基材61がPETを含むことにより、第2基材61がナイロンを含む場合に比べて、第2基材61の吸湿性が低くなる。これにより、内容物に含まれる水分に起因して第2基材61が膨張したり第2基材61の特性が低下したりすることを抑制することができる。第2基材61の主成分がPETである場合、第2基材61におけるPETの含有量は、95質量%以上であってもよい。
[Second base material]
The 2nd base material 61 contains PET as a main component. For example, the 2nd base material 61 contains 51 mass% or more of PET. When the second base material 61 contains PET, the hygroscopicity of the second base material 61 becomes lower than when the second base material 61 contains nylon. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd base material 61 expand | swells due to the water | moisture content contained in the content, or the characteristic of the 2nd base material 61 falls. When the main component of the 2nd base material 61 is PET, 95 mass% or more of content of PET in the 2nd base material 61 may be sufficient.

 第2基材61の厚みは、好ましくは9μm以上であり、より好ましくは12μm以上である。また、第2基材61の厚みは、好ましくは25μm以下であり、より好ましくは20μm以下である。第2基材61の厚みを9μm以上にすることにより、第2基材61が十分な強度を有するようになる。また、第2基材61の厚みを25μm以下にすることにより、第2基材61が優れた成形性を示すようになる。このため、積層体30を加工して袋10を製造する工程を効率的に実施することができる。 The thickness of the second substrate 61 is preferably 9 μm or more, more preferably 12 μm or more. Moreover, the thickness of the 2nd base material 61 becomes like this. Preferably it is 25 micrometers or less, More preferably, it is 20 micrometers or less. By setting the thickness of the second substrate 61 to 9 μm or more, the second substrate 61 has sufficient strength. Moreover, the 2nd base material 61 comes to show the outstanding moldability by the thickness of the 2nd base material 61 being 25 micrometers or less. For this reason, the process which processes the laminated body 30 and manufactures the bag 10 can be implemented efficiently.

 〔蒸着層〕
 蒸着層36は、積層体30のガスバリア性を高めるために積層体30に設けられる層である。蒸着層36は、第1の実施の形態の場合と同様に、アルミニウム酸化物(酸化アルミニウム)、珪素酸化物などの、透明性を有する無機物で形成されていてもよい。この場合、第1の実施の形態の場合と同様に、蒸着層36の上にガスバリア性塗布膜が設けられていてもよい。また、図6及び図7に示すように、蒸着層36が印刷層38よりも内面30x側に位置する場合、蒸着層36が、透明性を有さない無機物で形成されていてもよい。例えば、蒸着層36を構成する材料として、アルミニウムなどの金属を用いてもよい。
[Deposition layer]
The vapor deposition layer 36 is a layer provided on the stacked body 30 in order to improve the gas barrier property of the stacked body 30. The vapor deposition layer 36 may be formed of an inorganic material having transparency, such as aluminum oxide (aluminum oxide) and silicon oxide, as in the case of the first embodiment. In this case, a gas barrier coating film may be provided on the vapor deposition layer 36 as in the case of the first embodiment. 6 and 7, when the vapor deposition layer 36 is located on the inner surface 30x side of the printing layer 38, the vapor deposition layer 36 may be formed of an inorganic material that does not have transparency. For example, a metal such as aluminum may be used as a material constituting the vapor deposition layer 36.

 (第2接着剤層)
 第2接着剤層65は、第2フィルム60とシーラントフィルム70とを接着するための第2接着剤を含む。第2接着剤の例としては、エーテル系の二液反応型接着剤を挙げることができる。エーテル系の二液反応型接着剤としては、第1接着剤層55の場合と同様に、ポリウレタンなどを挙げることができる。ポリウレタンは、主剤としてのポリオールと、硬化剤としてのイソシアネート化合物とが反応することにより生成される硬化物である。なお、ポリオールとしては、ポリエーテルポリオールやポリエステルポリオールを用いることができるが、ポリエステルポリオールを用いることが好ましい。また、硬化剤としては、第1接着剤層55の場合と同様に、芳香族系イソシアネート化合物を用いることが好ましい。
(Second adhesive layer)
The second adhesive layer 65 includes a second adhesive for bonding the second film 60 and the sealant film 70. Examples of the second adhesive include ether-based two-component reaction type adhesives. Examples of the ether-based two-component reaction type adhesive include polyurethane as in the case of the first adhesive layer 55. Polyurethane is a cured product produced by a reaction between a polyol as a main agent and an isocyanate compound as a curing agent. In addition, although polyether polyol and polyester polyol can be used as polyol, it is preferable to use polyester polyol. As the curing agent, it is preferable to use an aromatic isocyanate compound as in the case of the first adhesive layer 55.

 第2接着剤層65は、例えば、接着剤組成物を第2フィルム60又はシーラントフィルム70に塗布し、その後、接着剤組成物が乾燥し、また、接着剤組成物中の主剤と溶剤とが反応して接着剤組成物が硬化することによって形成される。第2接着剤層65の厚みは、好ましくは1μm以上であり、より好ましくは2μm以上である。 The second adhesive layer 65 is formed by, for example, applying the adhesive composition to the second film 60 or the sealant film 70, and then drying the adhesive composition. Also, the main agent and the solvent in the adhesive composition are removed. It is formed by reacting and curing the adhesive composition. The thickness of the second adhesive layer 65 is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more.

 (シーラントフィルム)
 シーラントフィルム70は、積層体30の内面30xを構成するシーラント層71を少なくとも含む。シーラント層71を構成する材料としては、上述の第1の実施の形態の場合と同様に、ポリエチレンなどの樹脂を用いることができる。
(Sealant film)
The sealant film 70 includes at least a sealant layer 71 that constitutes the inner surface 30 x of the laminate 30. As a material constituting the sealant layer 71, a resin such as polyethylene can be used as in the case of the first embodiment described above.

 積層体の製造方法
 次に、積層体30の製造方法の一例について説明する。
Method for producing a laminate Next, an example of a method for producing a laminate 30.

 まず、上述の第1フィルム50、及び第2フィルム60を準備する。続いて、ドライラミネート法により、第1フィルム50と第2フィルム60とを、第1接着剤層55を介して積層する。その後、ドライラミネート法により、第1フィルム50及び第2フィルム60を含む積層体と、シーラントフィルム70とを、第2接着剤層65を介して積層する。これによって、第1フィルム50、第2フィルム60及びシーラントフィルム70を備える積層体30を得ることができる。 First, the first film 50 and the second film 60 described above are prepared. Subsequently, the first film 50 and the second film 60 are laminated via the first adhesive layer 55 by a dry laminating method. Thereafter, the laminate including the first film 50 and the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 are laminated via the second adhesive layer 65 by a dry laminating method. Thereby, the laminated body 30 provided with the 1st film 50, the 2nd film 60, and the sealant film 70 can be obtained.

 若しくは、まず第2フィルム60とシーラントフィルム70とを第2接着剤層65を介してドライラミネート法により積層し、その後、第1フィルム50と、第2フィルム60及びシーラントフィルム70を含む積層体とを第1接着剤層55を介してドライラミネート法により積層することにより、積層体30を製造してもよい。 Alternatively, first, the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 are laminated by the dry laminating method through the second adhesive layer 65, and then the first film 50, and the laminate including the second film 60 and the sealant film 70, The laminated body 30 may be manufactured by laminating the layers by the dry laminating method through the first adhesive layer 55.

 ドライラミネート法においては、まず、積層される2つのフィルムのうちの一方に接着剤組成物を塗布する。続いて、塗布された接着剤組成物を乾燥させて溶剤を揮発させる。その後、乾燥後の接着剤組成物を介して2つのフィルムを積層する。続いて、積層された2つのフィルムを巻き取った状態で、例えば20℃以上の環境下で24時間以上にわたってエージングする。 In the dry laminating method, first, an adhesive composition is applied to one of two laminated films. Subsequently, the applied adhesive composition is dried to volatilize the solvent. Then, two films are laminated | stacked through the adhesive composition after drying. Subsequently, aging is performed for 24 hours or more in an environment of 20 ° C. or higher, for example, in a state where the two laminated films are wound up.

 以下、本実施の形態に係る積層体30が奏する効果について説明する。 Hereinafter, effects produced by the laminate 30 according to the present embodiment will be described.

 本実施の形態においては、袋10の表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する積層体30が、PBTを主成分とする第1基材51を含むことにより、下記の効果を奏することができる。
 まず、PBTは、印刷適性に優れる。このため、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(以下、PETとも記す)の場合と同様に、PBTを含む第1基材51上に印刷層38を設けることができる。
 また、PBTは、高い強度を有する。このため、袋10を構成する積層体がナイロンを含む場合と同様に、積層体30及び袋10の突き刺し強度を高めることができる。積層体30の突き刺し強度は、13N以上であることが好ましく、15N以上であることがより好ましく、17N以上であることが更に好ましい。
In this Embodiment, when the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 contains the 1st base material 51 which has PBT as a main component, there can exist the following effect.
First, PBT is excellent in printability. For this reason, the printing layer 38 can be provided on the 1st base material 51 containing PBT similarly to the case of a polyethylene terephthalate (henceforth PET).
PBT has high strength. For this reason, the puncture strength of the laminated body 30 and the bag 10 can be increased similarly to the case where the laminated body constituting the bag 10 includes nylon. The puncture strength of the laminate 30 is preferably 13N or more, more preferably 15N or more, and further preferably 17N or more.

 また、PBTは、ナイロンに比べて水分を吸収しにくいという特性を有する。このため、PBTを含む第1基材51を積層体30の外面30yに配置した場合であっても、第1基材51が水分を吸収して袋10の外面の摩擦係数が増加してしまうことを抑制することができる。例えば、常温環境下に置かれていた際の袋10の外面同士の間の摩擦係数と、高温高湿環境下に置かれた後の袋10の外面同士の間の摩擦係数との差が大きくなることを抑制することができる。これにより、充填装置における、上述の袋10の引き抜き工程や搬送工程を効率的に実施することができる。温度20~30℃及び湿度40~60%の環境下に置かれていた際の袋10の外面同士の摩擦係数と、温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管された後の袋10の外面同士の間の摩擦係数との差は、好ましくは0.03以下である。 Also, PBT has a characteristic that it is less likely to absorb moisture than nylon. For this reason, even if it is a case where the 1st substrate 51 containing PBT is arranged on outer surface 30y of layered product 30, the 1st substrate 51 will absorb moisture and the coefficient of friction of the outer surface of bag 10 will increase. This can be suppressed. For example, there is a large difference between the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 when placed in a room temperature environment and the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 after placed in a high temperature and high humidity environment. It can be suppressed. Thereby, the above-mentioned extraction process and conveyance process of the bag 10 in a filling apparatus can be implemented efficiently. The coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 when placed in an environment with a temperature of 20-30 ° C. and a humidity of 40-60% and after being stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90% The difference from the coefficient of friction between the outer surfaces of the bag 10 is preferably 0.03 or less.

 また、本実施の形態においては、第2基材61に蒸着層36を設けることにより、第2フィルム60にガスバリア性を持たせることができる。 In the present embodiment, the second film 60 can be provided with a gas barrier property by providing the second substrate 61 with the vapor deposition layer 36.

 また、本実施の形態によれば、袋10の表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する積層体30のシーラント層71が、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンなどのポリエチレン樹脂を含む。これにより、シール強度を高め、落下強度などの袋10の耐衝撃性を高めることができる。 Moreover, according to this Embodiment, the sealant layer 71 of the laminated body 30 which comprises the surface film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 contains polyethylene resins, such as a linear low density polyethylene. Thereby, seal strength can be improved and the impact resistance of the bag 10 such as drop strength can be increased.

 なお、上述した実施の形態に対して様々な変更を加えることが可能である。以下、必要に応じて図面を参照しながら、変形例について説明する。以下の説明および以下の説明で用いる図面では、上述した実施の形態と同様に構成され得る部分について、上述の実施の形態における対応する部分に対して用いた符号と同一の符号を用いることとし、重複する説明を省略する。また、上述した実施の形態において得られる作用効果が変形例においても得られることが明らかである場合、その説明を省略することもある。 Note that various modifications can be made to the above-described embodiment. Hereinafter, modified examples will be described with reference to the drawings as necessary. In the following description and the drawings used in the following description, the same reference numerals as those used for the corresponding parts in the above embodiment are used for the parts that can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment. A duplicate description is omitted. In addition, when it is clear that the operational effects obtained in the above-described embodiment can be obtained in the modified example, the description thereof may be omitted.

 (層構成の変形例)
 上述の本実施の形態においては、第1基材51が51質量%以上のPBTを含み、第2基材61が51質量%以上のPETを含むことによって積層体30の耐突き刺し性、滑り性を高める例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、第1基材51が51質量%以上のPETを含み、第2基材61が51質量%以上のPBTを含むことによって積層体30の耐突き刺し性を高めてもよい。第2基材61のPBTとしては、上述の第1の実施の形態における基材41で説明した第1の構成に係るPBT又は第2の構成に係るPBTを用いることができる。
(Modification of layer structure)
In the present embodiment described above, the first base material 51 contains 51 mass% or more of PBT, and the second base material 61 contains 51 mass% or more of PET, whereby the stab resistance and slipping property of the laminate 30. The example which raises is shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the first substrate 51 includes 51% by mass or more of PET, and the second substrate 61 includes 51% by mass or more of PBT. May be. As PBT of the 2nd base material 61, PBT which concerns on the 1st structure demonstrated by the base material 41 in the above-mentioned 1st Embodiment, or PBT which concerns on a 2nd structure can be used.

 第2基材61が51質量%以上のPBTを含み、第1基材51が51質量%以上のPETを含むことは、積層体30の寸法安定性、印刷適性、滑り性の向上にも寄与する。例えば、本変形例においては、積層体30の外面30yを構成する層である第1基材51が、PETを含むので、第1基材51がPBTを含む場合と同様に、積層体30の滑り性を確保することができる。 The fact that the second base material 61 contains 51% by mass or more of PBT and the first base material 51 contains 51% by mass or more of PET contributes to the improvement of the dimensional stability, printability and slipperiness of the laminate 30. To do. For example, in the present modification, since the first base material 51 that is a layer constituting the outer surface 30y of the multilayer body 30 includes PET, the first base material 51 includes the PBT as in the case where the first base material 51 includes PBT. Slidability can be ensured.

 また、第1基材51及び第2基材61の両方が、51質量%以上のPBTを含んでいてもよい。この場合のPBTとしても、上述の第1の実施の形態における基材41で説明した第1の構成に係るPBT又は第2の構成に係るPBTを用いることができる。 Moreover, both the 1st base material 51 and the 2nd base material 61 may contain 51 mass% or more of PBT. As the PBT in this case, the PBT according to the first configuration or the PBT according to the second configuration described in the base member 41 in the above-described first embodiment can be used.

 第1基材51及び第2基材61を構成する材料の組み合わせの例をまとめて表1に示す。なお、表1において、「PBT」という表記は、第1基材51又は第2基材61のフィルムを構成する樹脂中に51質量%以上のPBTが含まれることを意味する。また、表1において、「PET」という表記は、第1基材51又は第2基材61のフィルムを構成する樹脂中に51質量%以上のPETが含まれることを意味する。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Table 1 summarizes examples of combinations of materials constituting the first base member 51 and the second base member 61. In Table 1, the notation “PBT” means that 51 mass% or more of PBT is contained in the resin constituting the film of the first base material 51 or the second base material 61. In Table 1, the expression “PET” means that 51% by mass or more of PET is contained in the resin constituting the film of the first base material 51 or the second base material 61.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001

 また、上述の本実施の形態においては、第1基材51の内面30x側に印刷層38が設けられる例を示したが、これに限られることはなく、第2基材61の外面30y側又は内面30x側に印刷層38が設けられていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the example in which the printing layer 38 is provided on the inner surface 30x side of the first base material 51 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer surface 30y side of the second base material 61 is provided. Alternatively, the printing layer 38 may be provided on the inner surface 30x side.

 また、上述の本実施の形態においては、第2基材61に蒸着層36が設けられる例を示したが、これに限られることはなく、第1基材51の内面30x側の面に蒸着層36が設けられていてもよい。また、積層体30は、蒸着層36を備えていなくてもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the example in which the vapor deposition layer 36 is provided on the second base material 61 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and vapor deposition is performed on the inner surface 30x side of the first base material 51. A layer 36 may be provided. Further, the stacked body 30 may not include the vapor deposition layer 36.

 各層の配置の例を列挙すると下記のとおりである。
 配置例1:第1基材/第1接着剤層/蒸着層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例2:第1基材/印刷層/第1接着剤層/蒸着層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例3:第1基材/第1接着剤層/印刷層/蒸着層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例4:第1基材/第1接着剤層/蒸着層/第2基材/印刷層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例5:第1基材/第1接着剤層/第2基材/蒸着層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例6:第1基材/印刷層/第1接着剤層/第2基材/蒸着層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例7:第1基材/第1接着剤層/印刷層/第2基材/蒸着層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例8:第1基材/第1接着剤層/第2基材/蒸着層/印刷層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例9:第1基材/蒸着層/第1接着剤層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例10:第1基材/蒸着層/印刷層/第1接着剤層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例11:第1基材/蒸着層/第1接着剤層/印刷層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例12:第1基材/蒸着層/第1接着剤層/第2基材/印刷層/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 配置例13:第1基材/蒸着層/ガスバリア性塗布膜/印刷層/第1接着剤層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 なお、印刷層よりも外面側に蒸着層が配置される場合、蒸着層は、透明性を有する透明蒸着層である。透明蒸着層は、上述の第1の実施の形態で説明した第1の好ましい形態及び第2の好ましい形態の両方を満たしていてもよく、いずれか一方の形態のみを満たしていてもよく、両方の形態を満たしていなくてもよい。また、上記の配置例1~13の各々から蒸着層を削除した積層体も、本実施の形態の積層体30の例に含まれる。
Examples of the arrangement of each layer are listed below.
Arrangement example 1: first base material / first adhesive layer / deposition layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant layer Arrangement example 2: first base material / printing layer / first adhesive layer / deposition Layer / second substrate / second adhesive layer / sealant layer Arrangement Example 3: First substrate / first adhesive layer / printing layer / deposition layer / second substrate / second adhesive layer / sealant layer Example 4: First substrate / first adhesive layer / deposition layer / second substrate / printing layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer Arrangement Example 5: first substrate / first adhesive layer / second Base material / deposition layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer arrangement example 6: first base material / printing layer / first adhesive layer / second base material / deposition layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer arrangement example 7: First base material / first adhesive layer / printing layer / second base material / evaporation layer / second adhesive layer / sealant layer Arrangement Example 8: first base material / first adhesive layer / second group Material / deposition layer / printing layer / second adhesive layer / system -Land Layer Arrangement Example 9: First Substrate / Deposition Layer / First Adhesive Layer / Second Substrate / Second Adhesive Layer / Sealant Layer Arrangement Example 10: First Substrate / Deposition Layer / Printing Layer / First Adhesive layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant layer Arrangement Example 11: first base material / deposition layer / first adhesive layer / printing layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant Layer Arrangement Example 12: First Substrate / Vapor Deposition Layer / First Adhesive Layer / Second Substrate / Printing Layer / Second Adhesive Layer / Sealant Layer Arrangement Example 13: First Substrate / Vapor Deposition Layer / Gas Barrier Application Film / printing layer / first adhesive layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant layer When the vapor deposition layer is arranged on the outer surface side of the print layer, the vapor deposition layer has transparency. It is a vapor deposition layer. The transparent vapor-deposited layer may satisfy both the first preferred form and the second preferred form described in the first embodiment, or may satisfy only one form, both. It is not necessary to satisfy the form. Further, a laminate in which the vapor deposition layer is deleted from each of the above arrangement examples 1 to 13 is also included in the example of the laminate 30 of the present embodiment.

 (袋の変形例)
 上述の第1の実施の形態及び第2の実施の形態においては、袋10がガセット式の袋である例を示したが、袋10の具体的な構成が特に限定されることはない。例えば、袋10は、積層体30からなる表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15の内面同士を上部11、下部12及び側部13で接合することによって形成された、いわゆる四方シール袋であってもよい。また、袋10が注出口部20を備えていなくてもよい。例えば、袋10は、注出口部20を備えず、且つ、自立可能に構成されたガセット式の袋であってもよい。
(Bag variant)
In the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above, an example in which the bag 10 is a gusset type bag has been shown, but the specific configuration of the bag 10 is not particularly limited. For example, the bag 10 may be a so-called four-side sealed bag formed by joining the inner surfaces of the front film 14 and the back film 15 made of the laminate 30 at the upper part 11, the lower part 12 and the side part 13. Further, the bag 10 may not include the spout portion 20. For example, the bag 10 may be a gusseted bag that does not include the spout portion 20 and is configured to be self-supporting.

 (袋の用途の変形例)
 上述の第1の実施の形態及び第2の実施の形態においては、袋10が、ボトルへ詰め替えられる液体や紛体などの流動性を有する内容物を収容する詰め替え袋である例を示した。しかしながら、袋10の用途が詰め替え袋に限られることはない。例えば、使用者は、袋10に収容されている内容物を、ボトルなどへ詰め替えることなくそのまま使用してもよい。
(Variation of bag application)
In the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above, an example is shown in which the bag 10 is a refill bag that contains a fluid content such as liquid or powder refilled into a bottle. However, the use of the bag 10 is not limited to the refill bag. For example, the user may use the contents stored in the bag 10 as they are without refilling them into bottles.

 (積層体の用途の変形例)
 上述の第1の実施の形態及び第2の実施の形態においては、積層体30が、袋10の表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する包装材として用いられる例を示した。しかしながら、積層体30の用途が、袋を構成するための包装材に限られることはない。例えば、積層体30を、袋のような密閉容器ではないラベルやシート材として用いてもよい。
(Modified example of use of laminate)
In the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above, the example in which the laminate 30 is used as a packaging material that forms the front film 14 and the back film 15 of the bag 10 has been shown. However, the use of the laminated body 30 is not limited to the packaging material for constituting the bag. For example, the laminate 30 may be used as a label or sheet material that is not a sealed container such as a bag.

 次に、本発明を実施例により更に具体的に説明するが、本発明はその要旨を超えない限り、以下の実施例の記載に限定されるものではない。 Next, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the description of the following examples unless it exceeds the gist.

 以下に説明する実施例A1~A2、B1~B7、C1及び比較例A1は、第1の実施の形態において説明した、積層体の基材を構成するプラスチックフィルムが1つのみである場合に関する例である。また、実施例D1~D3、E1~E7、F1及び比較例D1は、第2の実施の形態において説明した、積層体の基材を構成するプラスチックフィルムが2つ存在する場合に関する例である。まず、実施例A1~A2、B1~B7、C1及び比較例A1について説明する。 Examples A1 to A2, B1 to B7, C1, and Comparative Example A1 described below are examples related to the case where there is only one plastic film constituting the base material of the laminate described in the first embodiment. It is. Examples D1 to D3, E1 to E7, F1, and Comparative Example D1 are examples related to the case where there are two plastic films constituting the base material of the laminated body described in the second embodiment. First, Examples A1 to A2, B1 to B7, C1, and Comparative Example A1 will be described.

 実施例A1
 上述の第1の構成で説明した、複数の層41aを含み、キャスト法で作製されたフィルム状の基材41を準備した。各層41aにおけるPBTの含有率は80%であり、層41aの層数は1024であり、基材41の厚みは15μmであった。続いて、フィルム状の基材41上に、DICグラフィックス株式会社製のフィナートを用いて印刷層38を形成した。印刷層38の厚みは1μmであった。このようにして、基材41及び印刷層38を含む第1フィルム40を作製した。
Example A1
A film-like base material 41 including a plurality of layers 41a described in the first configuration and manufactured by a casting method was prepared. The content of PBT in each layer 41a was 80%, the number of layers 41a was 1024, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 15 μm. Subsequently, the print layer 38 was formed on the film-like base material 41 using a finart manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation. The thickness of the printing layer 38 was 1 μm. Thus, the 1st film 40 containing the base material 41 and the printing layer 38 was produced.

 また、シーラント層71を含むフィルム状のシーラントフィルム70を準備した。シーラント層71を構成する材料としては、下記の3種類の樹脂を下記の重量%で混合したものを用いた。
・直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(密度:0.918g/cm3、MFR:3.8)  63.5重量%
・低密度ポリエチレン(密度:0.919g/cm3、MFR:2.0)  35.0重量%
・低密度ポリエチレン(密度:0.921g/cm3、MFR:5.4)をベースとするスリップ剤マスターバッチ  1.5重量%
 MFRは、メルトフローレート(Melt flow rate)を意味する。シーラント層71の厚みは120μmであった。
In addition, a film-like sealant film 70 including the sealant layer 71 was prepared. As a material constituting the sealant layer 71, a mixture of the following three types of resins at the following weight% was used.
・ Linear low-density polyethylene (density: 0.918 g / cm 3 , MFR: 3.8) 63.5% by weight
・ Low-density polyethylene (density: 0.919 g / cm 3 , MFR: 2.0) 35.0% by weight
・ Slip agent masterbatch based on low density polyethylene (density: 0.921 g / cm 3 , MFR: 5.4) 1.5% by weight
MFR means melt flow rate. The thickness of the sealant layer 71 was 120 μm.

 次に、接着剤層45を介して第1フィルム40とシーラントフィルム70とをドライラミネート法により積層し、積層体30を得た。接着剤層45としては、主剤として三井化学株式会社製のタケラック(登録商標) A-310を含み、硬化剤として三井化学株式会社製のタケネート(登録商標) A-3を含むものを用いた。A-310は、ポリオールを含む。A-3は、芳香族系イソシアネート化合物を含む。接着剤層45の厚みは、3μmであった。 Next, the first film 40 and the sealant film 70 were laminated by the dry laminating method through the adhesive layer 45 to obtain the laminated body 30. As the adhesive layer 45, a material containing Takelac (registered trademark) A-310 manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. as the main agent and Takenate (registered trademark) A-3 manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. as the curing agent was used. A-310 contains a polyol. A-3 contains an aromatic isocyanate compound. The thickness of the adhesive layer 45 was 3 μm.

 (突き刺し強度の評価)
 続いて、積層体30の突き刺し強度を、JIS Z1707 7.4に準拠して測定した。測定器としては、A&D製のテンシロン万能材料試験機RTC-1310を用いた。具体的には、図8に示すように、固定されている状態の積層体30の試験片に対して、外面30y側から、直径1.0mm、先端形状半径0.5mmの半円形の針80を、50mm/分(1分あたり50mm)の速度で突き刺し、針80が積層体30を貫通するまでの応力の最大値を測定した。5個以上の試験片について、応力の最大値を測定し、その平均値を積層体30の突き刺し強度とした。測定時の環境は、温度23℃、相対湿度50%とした。結果、突き刺し強度は15Nであった。
(Evaluation of piercing strength)
Subsequently, the piercing strength of the laminate 30 was measured in accordance with JIS Z1707 7.4. As a measuring instrument, Tensilon universal material testing machine RTC-1310 manufactured by A & D was used. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, a semicircular needle 80 having a diameter of 1.0 mm and a tip shape radius of 0.5 mm from the outer surface 30y side with respect to the test piece of the laminated body 30 in a fixed state. Was pierced at a speed of 50 mm / min (50 mm per minute), and the maximum value of stress until the needle 80 penetrated the laminate 30 was measured. About five or more test pieces, the maximum value of stress was measured, and the average value was defined as the piercing strength of the laminate 30. The environment during the measurement was a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. As a result, the piercing strength was 15N.

 (滑り性の評価)
 続いて、積層体30の外面30yの滑り性を評価した。ここでは、積層体30の外面30yの摩擦係数を測定した。具体的には、積層体30の外面30yと金属面との間の静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数、並びに、積層体30の外面30y同士での静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を測定した。測定は、株式会社東洋精機製作所製の摩擦測定器 TR-2を用いて、JIS K-7125に準拠して行った。金属面を構成する金属としては、アルミニウムを用いた。
(Evaluation of slipperiness)
Subsequently, the slipperiness of the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 was evaluated. Here, the friction coefficient of the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 was measured. Specifically, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient between the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 and the metal surface, and the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient between the outer surfaces 30y of the laminate 30 were measured. The measurement was performed according to JIS K-7125 using a friction measuring instrument TR-2 manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho. Aluminum was used as the metal constituting the metal surface.

 以下、測定の具体的な方法について説明する。本実施例においては、下記の第1測定~第4測定を実施した。 Hereinafter, a specific measurement method will be described. In this example, the following first to fourth measurements were performed.

 〔摩擦係数の第1測定〕
 まず、積層体30を切断して、幅70mm、長さ152mmの試験片を作製した。続いて、試験片を、温度20~30℃及び湿度40~60%の室内において少なくとも24時間以上にわたって保管した後、試験片の外面が金属面に接するように、試験片を金属面に載置した。続いて、幅63mm、長さ63mmの部材を含み、200gの質量を有するスレッドを、試験片の上に載置した。続いて、金属面上で試験片を100mm/minの速度で滑動させた。滑動が開始する際に試験片に加えた力、及び活動中に試験片に加えた力に基づいて、試験片の外面の静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を算出した。結果、静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数は0.11及び0.11であった。なお、測定時の環境は、JIS K7100に規定する標準状態であり、温度が23℃、湿度が50%であった。
 〔摩擦係数の第2測定〕
 試験片を、温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管した後、試験片を金属面に載置したこと以外は、第1測定の場合と同様にして、試験片の外面の静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を測定した。測定は、試験片を高温恒温槽から取り出した後、5分以内に実施した。結果、静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数は0.14及び0.13であった。
 〔摩擦係数の第3測定〕
 積層体30を2つ準備し、一方の積層体30から得た試験片の外面が他方の積層体30の外面30yに接するように、一方の積層体30の試験片を他方の積層体30に載置したこと以外は、第1測定の場合と同様にして、試験片の外面の静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を測定した。結果、静摩擦係数(常温静摩擦係数)及び動摩擦係数(常温動摩擦係数)は0.21及び0.22であった。
 〔摩擦係数の第4測定〕
 積層体30を2つ準備し、2つの積層体30を温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管した後、一方の積層体30の試験片の外面を他方の積層体30の外面30y上に載置したこと以外は、第1測定の場合と同様にして、試験片の外面の静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を測定した。結果、静摩擦係数(高温高湿静摩擦係数)及び動摩擦係数(高温高湿動摩擦係数)は0.24及び0.24であった。
[First measurement of friction coefficient]
First, the laminate 30 was cut to prepare a test piece having a width of 70 mm and a length of 152 mm. Subsequently, after the test piece is stored in a room at a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. and a humidity of 40 to 60% for at least 24 hours, the test piece is placed on the metal surface so that the outer surface of the test piece is in contact with the metal surface. did. Subsequently, a thread including a member having a width of 63 mm and a length of 63 mm and having a mass of 200 g was placed on the test piece. Subsequently, the test piece was slid on the metal surface at a speed of 100 mm / min. The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient of the outer surface of the test piece were calculated based on the force applied to the test piece when sliding started and the force applied to the test piece during the activity. As a result, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient were 0.11 and 0.11. The environment at the time of measurement was a standard state specified in JIS K7100, and the temperature was 23 ° C. and the humidity was 50%.
[Second measurement of friction coefficient]
The outer surface of the test piece was the same as in the case of the first measurement except that the test piece was stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%, and then placed on the metal surface. The coefficient of static friction and the coefficient of dynamic friction were measured. The measurement was carried out within 5 minutes after removing the test piece from the high-temperature thermostatic chamber. As a result, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient were 0.14 and 0.13.
[Third measurement of friction coefficient]
Two laminates 30 are prepared, and the test piece of one laminate 30 is placed on the other laminate 30 such that the outer surface of the test piece obtained from one laminate 30 is in contact with the outer surface 30y of the other laminate 30. The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient of the outer surface of the test piece were measured in the same manner as in the first measurement except that the sample was placed. As a result, the static friction coefficient (room temperature static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (room temperature dynamic friction coefficient) were 0.21 and 0.22.
[Fourth measurement of friction coefficient]
After preparing two laminated bodies 30 and storing the two laminated bodies 30 in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90% for 48 hours, the outer surface of the test piece of one laminated body 30 is used as the other laminated body 30. The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient of the outer surface of the test piece were measured in the same manner as in the first measurement except that the test piece was placed on the outer surface 30y. As a result, the static friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) were 0.24 and 0.24.

 実施例A2
 第1フィルム40の基材41として、上述の第2の構成で説明した、51質量%のPBTを含み、PBTの融点が224℃、IV値が1.26dl/gであり、チューブラー法で作製された単層フィルムを用いたこと以外は、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30を作製した。基材41はPBT及び添加剤のみで構成される単層のフィルムであり、基材41の厚みは15μmであった。
Example A2
As the base material 41 of the first film 40, the PBT containing 51% by mass described in the second configuration described above is included, the melting point of the PBT is 224 ° C., and the IV value is 1.26 dl / g. A laminate 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example A1, except that the produced single-layer film was used. The base material 41 was a single layer film composed only of PBT and an additive, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 15 μm.

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の突き刺し強度を測定した。結果、突き刺し強度は16Nであった。また、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の摩擦係数を測定した。結果は下記のとおりであった。
・第1測定 静摩擦係数:0.12  動摩擦係数:0.10
・第2測定 静摩擦係数:0.14  動摩擦係数:0.13
・第3測定 静摩擦係数:0.20  動摩擦係数:0.22
・第4測定 静摩擦係数:0.22  動摩擦係数:0.22
Subsequently, the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 16N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows.
First measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.12 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.10
Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.14 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.13
Third measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.20 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.22
-Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.22 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.22

 比較例A1
 第1フィルム40の基材41として、厚み15μmのナイロンフィルム(興人ホールディングス株式会社製 ボニールW)を用いたこと以外は、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30を作製した。
Comparative Example A1
A laminate 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a nylon film having a thickness of 15 μm (bonile W manufactured by Kojin Holdings Co., Ltd.) was used as the base material 41 of the first film 40.

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の突き刺し強度を測定した。結果、突き刺し強度は16Nであった。また、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の摩擦係数を測定した。結果は下記のとおりであった。
・第1測定 静摩擦係数:0.13  動摩擦係数:0.13
・第2測定 静摩擦係数:0.16  動摩擦係数:0.15
・第3測定 静摩擦係数:0.20  動摩擦係数:0.19
・第4測定 静摩擦係数:0.27  動摩擦係数:0.25
Subsequently, the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 16N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows.
First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.13 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.13
Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.16 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.15
Third measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.20 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.19
-Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.27 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.25

 実施例A1、A2及び比較例A1の積層体の静摩擦係数μ及び動摩擦係数μの測定結果を、図9にまとめて示す。また、実施例A1、A2及び比較例A1の積層体の層構成及び評価結果を、図10にまとめて示す。図10において、「層構成」の欄には、接着剤層を除く積層体の構成要素を、外面側の層から順に上から記載している。 The measurement results of Example A1, the static friction coefficient of the laminate of the A2 and Comparative Example A1 mu S and the dynamic friction coefficient mu D, are summarized in Figure 9. Moreover, the layer structure and evaluation result of the laminated body of Example A1, A2 and Comparative Example A1 are collectively shown in FIG. In FIG. 10, in the “layer configuration” column, the components of the laminate excluding the adhesive layer are listed from the top in order from the outer surface side layer.

 図9に示すように、積層体30の外面30yがナイロンによって構成されている場合であって、積層体30が高湿環境に晒された場合、金属面に対する静摩擦係数(高温高湿静摩擦係数)及び動摩擦係数(高温高湿動摩擦係数)が0.15以上であり、積層体30に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.25以上であった。また、2つの積層体の外面の間の摩擦係数に関して、高温高湿静摩擦係数から常温静摩擦係数を引いた値が0.07であり、高温高湿動摩擦係数から前記常温動摩擦係数を引いた値が0.06であった。
 これに対して、積層体30の外面30yがPBT又はPETによって構成されている場合は、積層体30が高湿環境に晒された場合であっても、金属面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.14以下であり、積層体30に対する静摩擦係数(高温高湿静摩擦係数)及び動摩擦係数(高温高湿動摩擦係数)が0.24以下であった。また、2つの積層体の外面の間の摩擦係数に関して、高温高湿静摩擦係数から常温静摩擦係数を引いた値が0.03以下であり、高温高湿動摩擦係数から前記常温動摩擦係数を引いた値も0.03以下、より具体的には0.02以下であった。特に、積層体30の外面30yがPETによって構成されている場合は、積層体30が高湿環境に晒された場合であっても、金属面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.10以下であり、積層体30に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.18以下であった。
As shown in FIG. 9, when the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 is made of nylon, and the laminate 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment, the static friction coefficient (high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient) with respect to the metal surface The dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) was 0.15 or more, and the static friction coefficient and dynamic friction coefficient for the laminate 30 were 0.25 or more. Further, regarding the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates, the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.07, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient is 0.06.
On the other hand, when the outer surface 30y of the laminated body 30 is made of PBT or PET, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the metal surface are 0 even when the laminated body 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment. The static friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) for the laminate 30 were 0.24 or less. Further, regarding the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates, the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient Was 0.03 or less, more specifically 0.02 or less. In particular, when the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 is made of PET, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient on the metal surface are 0.10 or less even when the laminate 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment. The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient for the laminate 30 were 0.18 or less.

 図10における実施例A1、A2と比較例A1の比較から分かるように、基材41がPBTを含むことにより、基材41がナイロンを含む場合と同等の突き刺し強度を実現することができた。 As can be seen from the comparison between Examples A1 and A2 and Comparative Example A1 in FIG. 10, when the base material 41 includes PBT, a piercing strength equivalent to that when the base material 41 includes nylon can be realized.

 実施例B1
 表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する包装材(以下、胴材とも称する)として、下記の層構成を有する積層体を準備した。
 基材/蒸着層/接着剤層/シーラント層
 基材41としては、上述の第1の構成で説明した、複数の層41aを含み、キャスト法で作製され、且つアルミニウムが蒸着されたPBTフィルムを用いた。各層41aにおけるPBTの含有率は80%であり、層41aの層数は1024であり、基材41の厚みは12μmであった。また、シーラント層としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む厚さ100μmのポリエチレンフィルムを用いた。
Example B1
As a packaging material (hereinafter also referred to as a body material) constituting the front film 14 and the back film 15, a laminate having the following layer structure was prepared.
Base material / deposition layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer As the base material 41, a PBT film including a plurality of layers 41a described in the above first configuration, produced by a casting method, and deposited with aluminum is used. Using. The content of PBT in each layer 41a was 80%, the number of layers 41a was 1024, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 12 μm. As the sealant layer, a 100 μm thick polyethylene film containing linear low density polyethylene was used.

 また、下部フィルム16を構成する包装材(以下、底材とも称する)として、下記の層構成を有する積層体を準備した。
 基材/蒸着層/接着剤層/シーラント層
 基材としては、上述の胴材の場合と同様の、アルミニウムが蒸着された厚さ12μmのPBTフィルムを用いた。シーラント層としても、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む厚さ100μmのポリエチレンフィルムを用いた。
Moreover, the laminated body which has the following layer structure as a packaging material (henceforth a bottom material) which comprises the lower film 16 was prepared.
Base material / deposition layer / adhesive layer / sealant layer As the base material, a PBT film having a thickness of 12 μm on which aluminum was vapor-deposited was used as in the case of the above-mentioned body. As the sealant layer, a polyethylene film having a thickness of 100 μm containing linear low density polyethylene was used.

 続いて、上述の胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製した。その後、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールした。これにより、図11に示すように、上部11が密封された底ガセット式の袋10を得た。この際、収容された水の量が200mlである袋10(以下、第1容量の袋10とも称する)、及び、収容された水の量が250mlである袋10(以下、第2容量の袋10とも称する)の2種類を作製した。いずれの種類の袋10においても、袋10の高さS1は180mmであり、幅S2は130mmであった。また、折り返された下部フィルム16の高さS3、すなわち袋10の下端部から折り返し部16fまでの高さは、35mmであった。 Then, the bag 10 was produced using the above-mentioned body material and bottom material. Thereafter, water was filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 was heat sealed. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 11, the bottom gusset type bag 10 in which the upper part 11 was sealed was obtained. At this time, the bag 10 (hereinafter also referred to as the first capacity bag 10) containing 200 ml of water and the bag 10 (hereinafter referred to as second capacity bag) containing 250 ml of stored water. 2 types) were also prepared. In any type of bag 10, the height S1 of the bag 10 was 180 mm and the width S2 was 130 mm. Further, the height S3 of the folded lower film 16, that is, the height from the lower end portion of the bag 10 to the folded portion 16f was 35 mm.

 (常温落下評価)
 続いて、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のそれぞれについて、常温(約20℃)の環境下で袋10を落下させ、袋10が破袋するか否かを検査する常温落下評価を実施した。具体的には、表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15が水平になるように保持した袋10を1.5mの高さから落下させる試験(以下、水平落下試験とも称する)を繰り返し10回実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、破袋は生じなかった。また、水平落下試験の後、下部12が下方に位置するように保持した袋10を1.5mの高さから落下させる試験(以下、垂直落下試験とも称する)を繰り返し10回実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、破袋は生じなかった。
(Normal temperature drop evaluation)
Subsequently, for each of the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, the bag 10 is dropped in a normal temperature (about 20 ° C.) environment, and it is inspected whether the bag 10 breaks or not. Evaluation was performed. Specifically, a test (hereinafter also referred to as a horizontal drop test) of dropping the bag 10 held so that the front film 14 and the back film 15 are horizontal from a height of 1.5 m was repeated 10 times. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in either the first capacity bag 10 or the second capacity bag 10. Further, after the horizontal drop test, a test (hereinafter also referred to as a vertical drop test) in which the bag 10 held so that the lower portion 12 is positioned below is dropped from a height of 1.5 m (hereinafter also referred to as a vertical drop test) was repeatedly performed 10 times. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in either the first capacity bag 10 or the second capacity bag 10.

 (低温落下評価)
 また、常温落下評価で用いたものとは別のサンプルを用いて、低温落下評価を実施した。低温落下評価においては、まず、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のそれぞれを3℃にまで冷却させた。続いて、3℃にまで冷却された第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のそれぞれについて、常温(約20℃)の環境下で袋10を落下させ、袋10が破袋するか否かを検査した。具体的には、常温落下評価の場合と同様に、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のそれぞれについて、上述の水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。
(Low temperature drop evaluation)
Moreover, the low temperature drop evaluation was implemented using the sample different from what was used by the normal temperature drop evaluation. In the low temperature drop evaluation, first, each of the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10 was cooled to 3 ° C. Subsequently, for each of the first-capacity bag 10 and the second-capacity bag 10 cooled to 3 ° C., is the bag 10 dropped in an environment of room temperature (about 20 ° C.) and the bag 10 breaks? Inspected for no. Specifically, the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test described above were performed on each of the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10 as in the case of the room temperature drop evaluation. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 実施例B2
 シーラント層の厚みを90μmとしたこと以外は、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例B1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example B2
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 90 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 実施例B3
 シーラント層の厚みを80μmとしたこと以外は、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例B1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example B3
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 80 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。なお、落下高さを1.5mではなく1.0mとした場合には、垂直落下試験においても破袋が生じなかった。後述する実施例B4~B7においても、落下高さを1.0mとした場合には、低温での水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じなかった。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. When the drop height was set to 1.0 m instead of 1.5 m, no bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. Also in Examples B4 to B7 to be described later, when the drop height was 1.0 m, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test at a low temperature.

 実施例B4
 シーラント層の厚みを70μmとしたこと以外は、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例B1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example B4
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 70 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。なお、落下高さを1.5mではなく1.0mとした場合には、垂直落下試験においても破袋が生じなかった。後述する実施例B5~B7においても、落下高さを1.0mとした場合には、常温での水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じなかった。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. When the drop height was set to 1.0 m instead of 1.5 m, no bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. Also in Examples B5 to B7 to be described later, when the drop height was 1.0 m, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test at room temperature.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。第2容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in the first capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. In the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 実施例B5
 シーラント層の厚みを60μmとしたこと以外は、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例B1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example B5
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 60 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。第2容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in the first capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. In the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。第2容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in the first capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. In the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 実施例B6
 シーラント層の厚みを50μmとしたこと以外は、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例B1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example B6
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 50 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 実施例B7
 シーラント層の厚みを30μmとしたこと以外は、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例B1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example B7
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 30 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example B1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 第1容量の袋10を用いた場合の、実施例B1~B7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果を、図12にまとめて示す。また、第2容量の袋10を用いた場合の、実施例B1~B7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果を、図13にまとめて示す。図12及び図13において、「OK」は、落下を10回繰り返した後に袋10に破袋が生じていなかったことを意味する。また、「NG」は、落下を10回繰り返す間、又は10回繰り返した後に袋10に破袋が生じていたことを意味する。 The results of room temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples B1 to B7 when the first capacity bag 10 is used are collectively shown in FIG. Further, the results of the normal temperature drop evaluation and the low temperature drop evaluation of Examples B1 to B7 when the second capacity bag 10 is used are collectively shown in FIG. In FIGS. 12 and 13, “OK” means that no bag breakage occurred in the bag 10 after repeated dropping 10 times. “NG” means that the bag 10 was broken during or after the fall was repeated 10 times.

 袋10に200mlの水が収容される場合には、図12に示すように、60μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、80μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、60μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、90μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。 When 200 ml of water is stored in the bag 10, as shown in FIG. 12, the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 60 μm or more, so that a horizontal drop for normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 60 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 90 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.

 袋10に250mlの水が収容される場合には、図13に示すように、70μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、80μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、80μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、90μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。 When 250 ml of water is stored in the bag 10, as shown in FIG. 13, the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 70 μm or more, so that the horizontal drop of the normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the trunk including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 90 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.

 実施例C1
 上述の第1の構成で説明した、複数の層41aを含み、キャスト法で作製されたフィルム状の基材41を準備した。各層41aにおけるPBTの含有率は80%であり、層41aの層数は1024であり、基材41の厚みは12μmであった。続いて、基材41を前処理ドラムに巻き付けて搬送速度400m/minで搬送しながら、基材41の表面にプラズマ供給ノズルからプラズマを導入するプラズマ前処理を施した。プラズマ前処理の条件は以下のとおりである。
・プラズマ強度:150W・sec/m2
・プラズマ形成ガス:アルゴン1200(sccm)、酸素3000(sccm)
・前処理ドラム-プラズマ供給ノズル間印加電圧:340V
・前処理ドラム周囲の真空度:3.8Pa
Example C1
A film-like base material 41 including a plurality of layers 41a described in the first configuration and manufactured by a casting method was prepared. The content of PBT in each layer 41a was 80%, the number of layers 41a was 1024, and the thickness of the base material 41 was 12 μm. Subsequently, plasma pretreatment for introducing plasma from a plasma supply nozzle was performed on the surface of the base material 41 while the base material 41 was wound around the pretreatment drum and transported at a transport speed of 400 m / min. The conditions for the plasma pretreatment are as follows.
・ Plasma intensity: 150 W · sec / m 2
Plasma forming gas: Argon 1200 (sccm), oxygen 3000 (sccm)
・ Applied voltage between pretreatment drum and plasma supply nozzle: 340V
・ Vacuum degree around the pretreatment drum: 3.8 Pa

 続いて、前処理ドラムが位置する前処理室に隣接する成膜室において、プラズマ前処理が施された基材41の表面に、真空蒸着法により厚さ12nmの酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜を形成した。成膜条件は以下の通りである。
・真空度:8.1×10-2Pa
・搬送速度:400m/min
 得られた酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜における、波長366nmの光線の透過率は92%であった。
Subsequently, in a film formation chamber adjacent to the pretreatment chamber where the pretreatment drum is located, an aluminum oxide vapor deposition film having a thickness of 12 nm was formed on the surface of the base material 41 subjected to the plasma pretreatment by a vacuum vapor deposition method. The film forming conditions are as follows.
・ Degree of vacuum: 8.1 × 10 −2 Pa
・ Conveying speed: 400m / min
The transmittance of light with a wavelength of 366 nm in the obtained aluminum oxide deposited film was 92%.

 続いて、酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜上にバリアコート剤をスピンコート法によりコーティングした。その後、180℃で60秒間、オーブンにて加熱処理して、厚さ約400nmの透明なガスバリア性塗布膜を酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜上に形成した。このようにして、透明蒸着層及びガスバリア性塗布膜が設けられた基材41を有する第1フィルム40を得た。 Subsequently, a barrier coating agent was coated on the aluminum oxide deposited film by a spin coating method. Then, it heat-processed in 180 degreeC for 60 second (s), and formed the transparent gas barrier coating film about 400 nm thick on the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film. Thus, the 1st film 40 which has the base material 41 with which the transparent vapor deposition layer and the gas barrier coating film were provided was obtained.

 バリアコート剤の作成手順は以下のとおりである。まず、水385g、イソプロピルアルコール67g及び0.5N塩酸9.1gを混合し、pH2.2に調整した溶液にテトラエトキシシラン175gとグリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン9.2gを10℃となるよう冷却しながら混合させて溶液Aを調製した。また、ケン価度99%以上の重合度2400のポリビニルアルコール14.7g、水324g、イソプロピルアルコール17gを混合した溶液Bを調製した。A液とB液を重量比6.5:3.5となるよう混合して得られた溶液を、バリアコート剤として用いた。 The procedure for creating the barrier coating agent is as follows. First, 385 g of water, 67 g of isopropyl alcohol and 9.1 g of 0.5N hydrochloric acid were mixed, and 175 g of tetraethoxysilane and 9.2 g of glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane were cooled to 10 ° C. in a solution adjusted to pH 2.2. Solution A was prepared by mixing. Further, a solution B was prepared by mixing 14.7 g of polyvinyl alcohol having a degree of polymerization of 99% or more and a polymerization degree of 2400, 324 g of water, and 17 g of isopropyl alcohol. A solution obtained by mixing A liquid and B liquid in a weight ratio of 6.5: 3.5 was used as a barrier coating agent.

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、第1フィルム40及びシーラントフィルム70をドライラミネート法により積層し、積層体30を得た。積層体30が透明蒸着層及びガスバリア性塗布膜を有するので、積層体30のガスバリア性を高めることができた。 Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example A1, the first film 40 and the sealant film 70 were laminated by a dry laminating method to obtain a laminate 30. Since the laminated body 30 has a transparent vapor deposition layer and a gas barrier coating film, the gas barrier property of the laminated body 30 could be improved.

 次に、第2の実施の形態において説明した、積層体の基材を構成するプラスチックフィルムが2つ存在する場合に関する実施例D1~D3、E1~E7及び比較例D1について説明する。 Next, Examples D1 to D3, E1 to E7, and Comparative Example D1 relating to the case where there are two plastic films constituting the base material of the laminate described in the second embodiment will be described.

 実施例D1
 上述の実施例A1の場合と同様に、第1の構成で説明した、複数の層を含み、キャスト法で作製されたフィルム状の第1基材51を準備した。各層におけるPBTの含有率は80%であり、層の層数は1024であり、第1基材51の厚みは15μmであった。続いて、フィルム状の第1基材51上に、DICグラフィックス株式会社製のフィナートを用いて印刷層38を形成した。印刷層38の厚みは1μmであった。このようにして、第1基材51及び印刷層38を含む第1フィルム50を作製した。
Example D1
Similar to the case of Example A1 described above, a film-like first base material 51 including a plurality of layers and manufactured by a casting method, which was described in the first configuration, was prepared. The content of PBT in each layer was 80%, the number of layers was 1024, and the thickness of the first base material 51 was 15 μm. Subsequently, the print layer 38 was formed on the film-like first base material 51 using a final manufactured by DIC Graphics Corporation. The thickness of the printing layer 38 was 1 μm. Thus, the 1st film 50 containing the 1st base material 51 and the printing layer 38 was produced.

 また、100質量%のPETを含む第2基材61を準備した。第2基材61の厚みは12μmであった。続いて、第2基材61の外面30y側の面にアルミニウムを蒸着させて蒸着層36を形成した。このようにして、第2基材61及び蒸着層36を含む第2フィルム60を作製した。 Moreover, the 2nd base material 61 containing 100 mass% PET was prepared. The thickness of the second substrate 61 was 12 μm. Subsequently, aluminum was vapor-deposited on the surface on the outer surface 30 y side of the second base material 61 to form a vapor deposition layer 36. Thus, the 2nd film 60 containing the 2nd base material 61 and the vapor deposition layer 36 was produced.

 また、シーラント層71を含むフィルム状のシーラントフィルム70を準備した。シーラント層71を構成する材料としては、下記の3種類の樹脂を下記の重量%で混合したものを用いた。
・直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(密度:0.918g/cm3、MFR:3.8)  63.5重量%
・低密度ポリエチレン(密度:0.919g/cm3、MFR:2.0)  35.0重量%
・低密度ポリエチレン(密度:0.921g/cm3、MFR:5.4)をベースとするスリップ剤マスターバッチ  1.5重量%
 MFRは、メルトフローレート(Melt flow rate)を意味する。シーラント層71の厚みは120μmであった。
In addition, a film-like sealant film 70 including the sealant layer 71 was prepared. As a material constituting the sealant layer 71, a mixture of the following three types of resins at the following weight% was used.
・ Linear low-density polyethylene (density: 0.918 g / cm 3 , MFR: 3.8) 63.5% by weight
・ Low-density polyethylene (density: 0.919 g / cm 3 , MFR: 2.0) 35.0% by weight
・ Slip agent masterbatch based on low density polyethylene (density: 0.921 g / cm 3 , MFR: 5.4) 1.5% by weight
MFR means melt flow rate. The thickness of the sealant layer 71 was 120 μm.

 次に、第1接着剤層55を介して第1フィルム50と第2フィルム60とをドライラミネート法により積層した。第1接着剤層55の接着剤としては、主剤として三井化学株式会社製のタケラック(登録商標) A-310を含み、硬化剤として三井化学株式会社製のタケネート(登録商標) A-3を含むものを用いた。A-310は、ポリオールを含む。A-3は、芳香族系イソシアネート化合物を含む。第1接着剤層55の厚みは、3μmであった。 Next, the first film 50 and the second film 60 were laminated by the dry laminating method through the first adhesive layer 55. The adhesive of the first adhesive layer 55 includes Takelac (registered trademark) A-310 made by Mitsui Chemicals as the main agent, and Takenate (registered trademark) A-3 made by Mitsui Chemicals as the curing agent. A thing was used. A-310 contains a polyol. A-3 contains an aromatic isocyanate compound. The thickness of the first adhesive layer 55 was 3 μm.

 次に、第1フィルム50及び第2フィルム60の積層体と、シーラントフィルム70とを、第2接着剤層65を介してドライラミネート法により積層し、積層体30を得た。第2接着剤層65としては、第1接着剤層55と同様に、主剤として三井化学株式会社製のタケラック(登録商標) A-310を含み、硬化剤として三井化学株式会社製のタケネート(登録商標) A-3を含むものを用いた。第2接着剤層65の厚みは、3μmであった。このようにして得られた積層体30は、外面側から、第1基材、印刷層、第1接着剤層、蒸着層、第2基材、第2接着剤層、シーラント層が順に積層されたものである。 Next, the laminate of the first film 50 and the second film 60 and the sealant film 70 were laminated by the dry laminating method through the second adhesive layer 65 to obtain the laminate 30. As with the first adhesive layer 55, the second adhesive layer 65 includes Takelac (registered trademark) A-310 manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. as the main agent, and Takenate (registered by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) as the curing agent. (Trademark) A material containing A-3 was used. The thickness of the second adhesive layer 65 was 3 μm. In the laminate 30 thus obtained, the first base material, the printing layer, the first adhesive layer, the vapor deposition layer, the second base material, the second adhesive layer, and the sealant layer are sequentially laminated from the outer surface side. It is a thing.

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の突き刺し強度を測定した。結果、突き刺し強度は17Nであった。また、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の摩擦係数を測定した。結果は下記のとおりであった。
・第1測定 静摩擦係数:0.11  動摩擦係数:0.11
・第2測定 静摩擦係数:0.14  動摩擦係数:0.13
・第3測定 静摩擦係数:0.21  動摩擦係数:0.22
・第4測定 静摩擦係数:0.24  動摩擦係数:0.24
Subsequently, the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows.
First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.11 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.11
Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.14 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.13
Third measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.21 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.22
-Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.24 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.24

 実施例D2
 第1フィルム50の第1基材51として、上述の第2の構成で説明した、51質量%のPBTを含み、PBTの融点が224℃、IV値が1.26dl/gであり、チューブラー法で作製された単層フィルムを用いたこと以外は、実施例D1の場合と同様にして、積層体30を作製した。第1基材51はPBT及び添加剤のみで構成される単層のフィルムであり、第1基材51の厚みは15μmであった。
Example D2
As the first substrate 51 of the first film 50, the PBT containing 51% by mass described in the second configuration is included, the melting point of the PBT is 224 ° C., the IV value is 1.26 dl / g, and the tubular A laminate 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example D1, except that the single-layer film produced by the method was used. The first base 51 was a single layer film composed only of PBT and additives, and the thickness of the first base 51 was 15 μm.

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の突き刺し強度を測定した。結果、突き刺し強度は17Nであった。また、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の摩擦係数を測定した。結果は下記のとおりであった。
・第1測定 静摩擦係数:0.12  動摩擦係数:0.10
・第2測定 静摩擦係数:0.14  動摩擦係数:0.13
・第3測定 静摩擦係数:0.20  動摩擦係数:0.22
・第4測定 静摩擦係数:0.22  動摩擦係数:0.22
Subsequently, the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows.
First measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.12 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.10
Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.14 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.13
Third measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.20 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.22
-Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.22 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.22

 実施例D3
 実施例D1の第1基材51を構成するPBTを第2基材61として用い、実施例D1の第2基材61を構成するPETを第1基材51として用いたこと以外は、実施例D1の場合と同様にして、積層体30を作製した。
Example D3
Example except that PBT constituting the first substrate 51 of Example D1 was used as the second substrate 61 and PET constituting the second substrate 61 of Example D1 was used as the first substrate 51 The laminated body 30 was produced like the case of D1.

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の突き刺し強度を測定した。結果、突き刺し強度は17Nであった。また、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の摩擦係数を測定した。結果は下記のとおりであった。
・第1測定 静摩擦係数:0.11  動摩擦係数:0.09
・第2測定 静摩擦係数:0.10  動摩擦係数:0.10
・第3測定 静摩擦係数:0.18  動摩擦係数:0.18
・第4測定 静摩擦係数:0.18  動摩擦係数:0.17
Subsequently, the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows.
First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.11 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.09
Second measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.10 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.10
Third measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.18 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.18
-Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.18 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.17

 比較例D1
 第1フィルム50の第1基材51として、厚み15μmのナイロンフィルム(興人ホールディングス株式会社製 ボニールW)を用いたこと以外は、実施例D1の場合と同様にして、積層体30を作製した。
Comparative Example D1
A laminated body 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example D1, except that a nylon film having a thickness of 15 μm (bonile W manufactured by Kojin Holdings Co., Ltd.) was used as the first substrate 51 of the first film 50. .

 続いて、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の突き刺し強度を測定した。結果、突き刺し強度は17Nであった。また、実施例A1の場合と同様にして、積層体30の摩擦係数を測定した。結果は下記のとおりであった。
・第1測定 静摩擦係数:0.13  動摩擦係数:0.13
・第2測定 静摩擦係数:0.16  動摩擦係数:0.15
・第3測定 静摩擦係数:0.20  動摩擦係数:0.19
・第4測定 静摩擦係数:0.27  動摩擦係数:0.25
Subsequently, the puncture strength of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. As a result, the piercing strength was 17N. Further, the coefficient of friction of the laminate 30 was measured in the same manner as in Example A1. The results were as follows.
First measurement Static friction coefficient: 0.13 Dynamic friction coefficient: 0.13
Second measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.16 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.15
Third measurement Static coefficient of friction: 0.20 Dynamic coefficient of friction: 0.19
-Fourth measurement Coefficient of static friction: 0.27 Coefficient of dynamic friction: 0.25

 実施例D1~D3及び比較例D1の積層体の静摩擦係数μ及び動摩擦係数μの測定結果を、図14にまとめて示す。また、実施例D1~D3及び比較例D1の積層体の層構成及び評価結果を、図15にまとめて示す。図15において、「層構成」の欄には、接着剤層を除く積層体の構成要素を、外面側の層から順に上から記載している。 The measurement results of the static friction coefficient μ S and the dynamic friction coefficient μ D of the laminates of Examples D1 to D3 and Comparative Example D1 are collectively shown in FIG. Further, the layer configurations and evaluation results of the laminates of Examples D1 to D3 and Comparative Example D1 are collectively shown in FIG. In FIG. 15, in the “layer configuration” column, the components of the laminate excluding the adhesive layer are described from the top in order from the outer surface side layer.

 図14に示すように、積層体30の外面30yがナイロンによって構成されている場合であって、積層体30が高湿環境に晒された場合、金属面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.15以上であり、積層体30に対する静摩擦係数(高温高湿静摩擦係数)及び動摩擦係数(高温高湿動摩擦係数)が0.25以上であった。また、2つの積層体の外面の間の摩擦係数に関して、高温高湿静摩擦係数から常温静摩擦係数を引いた値が0.07であり、高温高湿動摩擦係数から前記常温動摩擦係数を引いた値が0.06であった。
 これに対して、積層体30の外面30yがPBT又はPETによって構成されている場合は、積層体30が高湿環境に晒された場合であっても、金属面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.14以下であり、積層体30に対する静摩擦係数(高温高湿静摩擦係数)及び動摩擦係数(高温高湿動摩擦係数)が0.24以下であった。また、2つの積層体の外面の間の摩擦係数に関して、高温高湿静摩擦係数から常温静摩擦係数を引いた値が0.03以下であり、高温高湿動摩擦係数から前記常温動摩擦係数を引いた値も0.03以下、より具体的には0.02以下であった。特に、積層体30の外面30yがPETによって構成されている場合は、積層体30が高湿環境に晒された場合であっても、金属面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.10以下であり、積層体30に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が0.18以下であった。
As shown in FIG. 14, when the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 is made of nylon and the laminate 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the metal surface are 0.15. The static friction coefficient (high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) with respect to the laminate 30 were 0.25 or more. Further, regarding the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates, the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.07, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient is 0.06.
On the other hand, when the outer surface 30y of the laminated body 30 is made of PBT or PET, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to the metal surface are 0 even when the laminated body 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment. The static friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity static friction coefficient) and the dynamic friction coefficient (high temperature and high humidity dynamic friction coefficient) for the laminate 30 were 0.24 or less. Further, regarding the friction coefficient between the outer surfaces of the two laminates, the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient Was 0.03 or less, more specifically 0.02 or less. In particular, when the outer surface 30y of the laminate 30 is made of PET, the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient on the metal surface are 0.10 or less even when the laminate 30 is exposed to a high humidity environment. The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient for the laminate 30 were 0.18 or less.

 図15における実施例D1~D3と比較例D1の比較から分かるように、第1基材51又は第2基材61がPBTを含むことにより、第1基材51又は第2基材61がナイロンを含む場合と同等の突き刺し強度を実現することができた。 As can be seen from the comparison between Examples D1 to D3 and Comparative Example D1 in FIG. 15, when the first base material 51 or the second base material 61 contains PBT, the first base material 51 or the second base material 61 becomes nylon. The piercing strength equivalent to that including

 実施例E1
 表面フィルム14及び裏面フィルム15を構成する包装材(以下、胴材とも称する)として、下記の層構成を有する積層体を準備した。
 第1基材/第1接着剤層/蒸着層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 第1基材としては、実施例A1の場合と同様に、第1の構成で説明した、複数の層を含み、キャスト法で作製されたPBTフィルムを用いた。各層におけるPBTの含有率は80%であり、層の層数は1024であり、第1基材の厚みは12μmであった。蒸着層及び第2基材としては、アルミニウムが蒸着された厚さ12μmのPETフィルムを用いた。また、シーラント層としては、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む厚さ100μmのポリエチレンフィルムを用いた。
Example E1
As a packaging material (hereinafter also referred to as a body material) constituting the front film 14 and the back film 15, a laminate having the following layer structure was prepared.
First base material / first adhesive layer / evaporation layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant layer As the first base material, as in Example A1, the first configuration has been described. A PBT film including a plurality of layers and produced by a casting method was used. The content of PBT in each layer was 80%, the number of layers was 1024, and the thickness of the first substrate was 12 μm. As the deposition layer and the second substrate, a PET film having a thickness of 12 μm on which aluminum was deposited was used. As the sealant layer, a 100 μm thick polyethylene film containing linear low density polyethylene was used.

 また、下部フィルム16を構成する包装材(以下、底材とも称する)として、下記の層構成を有する積層体を準備した。
 第1基材/第1接着剤層/蒸着層/第2基材/第2接着剤層/シーラント層
 第1基材としては、上述の胴材の場合と同様の、厚さ12μmのPBTフィルムを用いた。蒸着層及び第2基材としても、上述の胴材の場合と同様の、アルミニウムが蒸着された厚さ12μmのPETフィルムを用いた。また、シーラント層としても、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む厚さ100μmのポリエチレンフィルムを用いた。
Moreover, the laminated body which has the following layer structure as a packaging material (henceforth a bottom material) which comprises the lower film 16 was prepared.
First base material / first adhesive layer / evaporation layer / second base material / second adhesive layer / sealant layer As the first base material, a PBT film having a thickness of 12 μm is the same as in the case of the above-mentioned body. Was used. As the vapor deposition layer and the second substrate, a PET film having a thickness of 12 μm on which aluminum was vapor-deposited was used as in the case of the above-mentioned body. Further, as the sealant layer, a polyethylene film having a thickness of 100 μm including linear low density polyethylene was used.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。 Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 実施例E2
 シーラント層の厚みを90μmとしたこと以外は、実施例E1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例E1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example E2
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 90 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 実施例E3
 シーラント層の厚みを80μmとしたこと以外は、実施例E1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例E1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example E3
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 80 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋は生じなかった。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10.

 実施例E4
 シーラント層の厚みを70μmとしたこと以外は、実施例E1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例E1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example E4
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 70 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じなかった。一方、第2容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in the first capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test. On the other hand, in the second capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.

 実施例E5
 シーラント層の厚みを60μmとしたこと以外は、実施例E1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例E1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example E5
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 60 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。第2容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in the first capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. In the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 実施例E6
 シーラント層の厚みを50μmとしたこと以外は、実施例E1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例E1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example E6
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 50 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage did not occur in the horizontal drop test, but bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 実施例E7
 シーラント層の厚みを30μmとしたこと以外は、実施例E1の場合と同様にして、胴材を構成する積層体を準備した。また、実施例E1の場合と同様の底材を準備した。続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、胴材及び底材を用いて袋10を作製し、内容物として水を袋10の内部に充填し、上部11をヒートシールして、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10を作製した。
Example E7
A laminated body constituting the body was prepared in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the thickness of the sealant layer was 30 μm. Moreover, the bottom material similar to the case of Example E1 was prepared. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example B1, a bag 10 is produced using the trunk and the bottom material, water is filled into the bag 10 as the contents, and the upper portion 11 is heat-sealed. A capacity bag 10 and a second capacity bag 10 were prepared.

 続いて、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む常温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験においては破袋が生じなかったが、垂直落下試験においては破袋が生じた。第2容量の袋10においては、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Subsequently, a room temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed in the same manner as in Example B1. As a result, in the first capacity bag 10, no bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test, but a bag breakage occurred in the vertical drop test. In the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 また、実施例B1の場合と同様にして、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験を含む低温落下評価を実施した。結果、第1容量の袋10及び第2容量の袋10のいずれにおいても、水平落下試験及び垂直落下試験において破袋が生じた。 Further, in the same manner as in Example B1, a low temperature drop evaluation including a horizontal drop test and a vertical drop test was performed. As a result, in both the first capacity bag 10 and the second capacity bag 10, bag breakage occurred in the horizontal drop test and the vertical drop test.

 第1容量の袋10を用いた場合の、実施例E1~E7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果を、図16にまとめて示す。また、第2容量の袋10を用いた場合の、実施例E1~E7の常温落下評価及び低温落下評価の結果を、図17にまとめて示す。図16及び図17において、「OK」は、落下を10回繰り返した後に袋10に破袋が生じていなかったことを意味する。また、「NG」は、落下を10回繰り返す間、又は10回繰り返した後に袋10に破袋が生じていたことを意味する。 FIG. 16 shows the results of room temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples E1 to E7 when the first capacity bag 10 is used. In addition, FIG. 17 collectively shows the results of room temperature drop evaluation and low temperature drop evaluation of Examples E1 to E7 when the second capacity bag 10 is used. 16 and 17, “OK” means that no bag breakage occurred in the bag 10 after the dropping was repeated 10 times. “NG” means that the bag 10 was broken during or after the fall was repeated 10 times.

 袋10に200mlの水が収容される場合には、図16に示すように、30μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、70μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、50μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、80μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。 When 200 ml of water is stored in the bag 10, as shown in FIG. 16, the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 30 μm or more, so that a horizontal drop for normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body material including the sealant layer having a thickness of 70 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body material including the sealant layer having a thickness of 50 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.

 袋10に250mlの水が収容される場合には、図17に示すように、60μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、80μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、常温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、70μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の水平落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。また、80μm以上の厚みを有するシーラント層を含む胴材を用いて袋10を作製することにより、低温落下評価の垂直落下試験において破袋が生じることを抑制することができた。 When 250 ml of water is stored in the bag 10, as shown in FIG. 17, the bag 10 is produced using a body material including a sealant layer having a thickness of 60 μm or more, so that a horizontal drop for normal temperature drop evaluation is performed. It was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the test. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of room temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body material including the sealant layer having a thickness of 70 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the horizontal drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation. Moreover, by producing the bag 10 using the body including the sealant layer having a thickness of 80 μm or more, it was possible to suppress the occurrence of bag breakage in the vertical drop test of the low temperature drop evaluation.

 実施例F1
 上述の実施例C1で説明した、酸化アルミニウム蒸着膜及びガスバリア性塗布膜が設けられた基材41を、第1基材51として用いて、第1フィルム50を作製した。続いて、実施例D1の場合と同様にして、第1フィルム50、第2フィルム60、シーラントフィルム70をドライラミネート法により積層し、積層体30を得た。積層体30が透明蒸着層及びガスバリア性塗布膜を有するので、積層体30のガスバリア性を高めることができた。
Example F1
The 1st film 50 was produced using the base material 41 with which the aluminum oxide vapor deposition film and gas barrier coating film which were demonstrated in the above-mentioned Example C1 were provided as the 1st base material 51. FIG. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example D1, the first film 50, the second film 60, and the sealant film 70 were laminated by a dry laminating method to obtain a laminate 30. Since the laminated body 30 has a transparent vapor deposition layer and a gas barrier coating film, the gas barrier property of the laminated body 30 could be improved.

10 袋
11 上部
12 下部
12a 下部シール部
13 側部
13a 側部シール部
14 表面フィルム
15 裏面フィルム
16 下部フィルム
17 本体部
20 注出口部
20a 注出口シール部
25 易開封性手段
26 ノッチ
30 積層体
35 ガスバリア層
36 蒸着層
37 ガスバリア性塗布膜
38 印刷層
40 第1フィルム
41 基材
41a 層
45 接着剤層
50 第1フィルム
51 第1基材
60 第2フィルム
61 第2基材
65 第2接着剤層
70 シーラントフィルム
71 シーラント層
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Bag 11 Upper part 12 Lower part 12a Lower seal part 13 Side part 13a Side part seal part 14 Surface film 15 Back surface film 16 Lower film 17 Main body part 20 Outlet part 20a Outlet seal part 25 Easy-opening means 26 Notch 30 Laminate 35 Gas barrier layer 36 Vapor deposition layer 37 Gas barrier coating film 38 Print layer 40 First film 41 Base material 41a Layer 45 Adhesive layer 50 First film 51 First base material 60 Second film 61 Second base material 65 Second adhesive layer 70 Sealant film 71 Sealant layer

Claims (18)

 外面及び内面を含む積層体であって、
 51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含むプラスチックフィルムを有し、前記積層体の前記外面を構成する基材と、
 前記積層体の前記内面を構成するシーラント層と、を備え、
 前記基材のうち前記積層体の前記外面を構成する層は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート又はポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む、積層体。
A laminate comprising an outer surface and an inner surface,
Having a plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate, and constituting the outer surface of the laminate,
A sealant layer constituting the inner surface of the laminate,
The layer which comprises the said outer surface of the said laminated body among the said base materials is a laminated body containing a polyethylene terephthalate or a polybutylene terephthalate.
 前記積層体を2つ準備し、温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管した後に測定される、一方の前記積層体の外面の、他方の前記積層体の外面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数が、0.24以下である、請求項1に記載の積層体。 Coefficient of static friction of the outer surface of one of the laminates and the outer surface of the other laminate as measured after preparing two of the laminates and storing them for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90% And the laminated body of Claim 1 whose coefficient of dynamic friction is 0.24 or less.  前記積層体を2つ準備し、温度20~30℃及び湿度40~60%の環境において少なくとも24時間にわたって保管した後に測定される、一方の前記積層体の外面の、他方の前記積層体の外面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を常温静摩擦係数及び常温動摩擦係数と称し、
 常温静摩擦係数及び常温動摩擦係数の測定後、2つの前記積層体を温度40℃及び湿度90%の高温恒温槽において48時間にわたって保管した後に測定される、一方の前記積層体の外面の、他方の前記積層体の外面に対する静摩擦係数及び動摩擦係数を高温高湿静摩擦係数及び高温高湿動摩擦係数と称する場合、
 前記高温高湿静摩擦係数から前記常温静摩擦係数を引いた値が0.03以下であり、且つ、前記高温高湿動摩擦係数から前記常温動摩擦係数を引いた値が0.03以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の積層体。
Two of the laminates are prepared and measured after storage for at least 24 hours in an environment of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C. and a humidity of 40 to 60%, the outer surface of one of the laminates and the outer surface of the other laminate The static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient with respect to are referred to as normal temperature static friction coefficient and normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient,
After measuring the room temperature static friction coefficient and the room temperature dynamic friction coefficient, the two laminates are measured after being stored for 48 hours in a high-temperature thermostatic chamber at a temperature of 40 ° C. and a humidity of 90%. When the static friction coefficient and the dynamic friction coefficient for the outer surface of the laminate are referred to as a high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient and a high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient,
The value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature static friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity static friction coefficient is 0.03 or less, and the value obtained by subtracting the normal temperature dynamic friction coefficient from the high temperature high humidity dynamic friction coefficient is 0.03 or less. The laminate according to 1 or 2.
 51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む前記プラスチックフィルムは、10層以上を含む多層構造部を有する、請求項1乃至3のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate has a multilayer structure part including 10 layers or more.  51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む前記プラスチックフィルムは、単層構造からなり、且つ、ポリブチレテレフタレートのIV値が1.10dl/g以上且つ1.35dl/g以下である、請求項1乃至3のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate has a single-layer structure, and the polybutylene terephthalate has an IV value of 1.10 dl / g or more and 1.35 dl / g or less. The laminated body as described in any one of thru | or 3.  前記基材は、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む前記プラスチックフィルムを1つのみ有し、
 前記シーラント層は、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む、請求項1乃至5のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。
The substrate has only one plastic film containing 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate,
The said sealant layer is a laminated body as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 5 containing a linear low density polyethylene.
 前記積層体の突き刺し強度が12N以上である、請求項6に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 6, wherein the puncture strength of the laminate is 12 N or more.  前記基材の面上に位置する蒸着層を更に備える、請求項6又は7に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 6 or 7, further comprising a vapor deposition layer located on the surface of the substrate.  前記蒸着層上に位置するガスバリア性塗布膜を更に備える、請求項8に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 8, further comprising a gas barrier coating film located on the vapor deposition layer.  前記積層体は、外面側から内面側へ、前記外面を構成する第1基材と、第2基材と、前記内面を構成するシーラント層と、をこの順で少なくとも備え、
 前記第1基材は、51質量%以上のポリエチレンテレフタレート又は51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含み、
 前記第1基材が51質量%以上のポリエチレンテレフタレートを含む場合、前記第2基材は、51質量%以上のポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む、請求項1乃至5のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。
The laminate includes, from the outer surface side to the inner surface side, at least a first base material that forms the outer surface, a second base material, and a sealant layer that forms the inner surface, in this order,
The first base material includes 51% by mass or more of polyethylene terephthalate or 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate,
The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein when the first base material contains 51% by mass or more of polyethylene terephthalate, the second base material contains 51% by mass or more of polybutylene terephthalate. .
 前記第1基材と前記第2基材との間又は前記第2基材と前記シーラント層との間の少なくともいずれかに位置する蒸着層を更に備える、請求項10に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 10, further comprising a vapor deposition layer located at least either between the first base material and the second base material or between the second base material and the sealant layer.  前記蒸着層上に位置するガスバリア性塗布膜を更に備える、請求項11に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 11, further comprising a gas barrier coating film positioned on the vapor deposition layer.  前記第1基材と前記第2基材との間に位置する印刷層を更に備える、請求項10乃至12のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 10 to 12, further comprising a printing layer positioned between the first base material and the second base material.  前記シーラント層は、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンを含む、請求項10乃至13のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the sealant layer contains linear low-density polyethylene.  前記積層体の突き刺し強度が13N以上である、請求項10乃至14のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 10 to 14, wherein the puncture strength of the laminate is 13 N or more.  前記第1基材が、ポリブチレンテレフタレートを含み、
 前記第2基材が、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含む、請求項10乃至15のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。
The first substrate comprises polybutylene terephthalate;
The laminate according to any one of claims 10 to 15, wherein the second base material contains polyethylene terephthalate.
 前記第1基材が、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含み、
 前記第2基材が、ポリブチレンテレフタレートを含む、請求項10乃至15のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。
The first substrate comprises polyethylene terephthalate;
The laminate according to any one of claims 10 to 15, wherein the second base material contains polybutylene terephthalate.
 本体部及び前記本体部に接続された注出口部を有する袋であって、
 請求項1乃至17のいずれか一項に記載の積層体と、
 前記積層体の内面同士を接合するシール部と、を備える、袋。
A bag having a main body part and a spout part connected to the main body part,
The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 17,
A bag comprising: a seal portion that joins the inner surfaces of the laminate.
PCT/JP2018/012605 2017-03-29 2018-03-27 Laminate, and bag composed of said laminate Ceased WO2018181405A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017065924 2017-03-29
JP2017065934 2017-03-29
JP2017-065924 2017-03-29
JP2017-065934 2017-03-29
JP2018011912A JP7056175B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-01-26 Laminated body and bag composed of the laminated body
JP2018-011912 2018-01-26
JP2018-011906 2018-01-26
JP2018011906A JP7056174B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-01-26 Laminated body and bag composed of the laminated body

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018181405A1 true WO2018181405A1 (en) 2018-10-04

Family

ID=63676334

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/012605 Ceased WO2018181405A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-03-27 Laminate, and bag composed of said laminate

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018181405A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200407136A1 (en) * 2018-03-22 2020-12-31 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Barrier laminate film, and packaging material which uses barrier laminate film
CN112864501A (en) * 2019-11-27 2021-05-28 无锡恩捷新材料科技有限公司 Packaging material for battery and manufacturing method thereof
JP2021102349A (en) * 2019-09-19 2021-07-15 大日本印刷株式会社 Barrier film, laminate using the barrier film, packaging product using the laminate
JP2021133679A (en) * 2020-02-27 2021-09-13 住友ベークライト株式会社 Transparent multilayer film and package
CN117203050A (en) * 2021-04-19 2023-12-08 东丽薄膜先端加工股份有限公司 Laminated body, and method of manufacturing the laminated body
EP4328016A4 (en) * 2021-04-19 2025-08-13 Toray Advanced Film Co Ltd LAMINATE AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE LAMINATE

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0970917A (en) * 1995-09-07 1997-03-18 Oike Ind Co Ltd Transparent gas barrier laminate
JPH11151774A (en) * 1997-11-19 1999-06-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Transparent gas barrier film
JP2004042488A (en) * 2002-07-12 2004-02-12 Toray Ind Inc Vapor deposition film
JP2005281473A (en) * 2004-03-29 2005-10-13 J-Film Corp Polybutylene terephthalate film, laminated film, and lid for resin cup
JP2007045130A (en) * 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Shikoku Kako Kk Unstretched laminated film
WO2015178390A1 (en) * 2014-05-21 2015-11-26 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially stretched polybutylene terephthalate film, manufacturing method therefor, and gas barrier laminate film
WO2016171173A1 (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially stretched polyester film, and production method therefor
JP2016199722A (en) * 2015-04-14 2016-12-01 凸版印刷株式会社 Gas barrier coating solution, gas barrier packaging material and hot water treatment packaging bag
WO2016190431A1 (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 凸版印刷株式会社 Layered film and packing bag
JP2016203630A (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-12-08 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially oriented polyester film and manufacturing method therefor

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0970917A (en) * 1995-09-07 1997-03-18 Oike Ind Co Ltd Transparent gas barrier laminate
JPH11151774A (en) * 1997-11-19 1999-06-08 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Transparent gas barrier film
JP2004042488A (en) * 2002-07-12 2004-02-12 Toray Ind Inc Vapor deposition film
JP2005281473A (en) * 2004-03-29 2005-10-13 J-Film Corp Polybutylene terephthalate film, laminated film, and lid for resin cup
JP2007045130A (en) * 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Shikoku Kako Kk Unstretched laminated film
WO2015178390A1 (en) * 2014-05-21 2015-11-26 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially stretched polybutylene terephthalate film, manufacturing method therefor, and gas barrier laminate film
JP2016199722A (en) * 2015-04-14 2016-12-01 凸版印刷株式会社 Gas barrier coating solution, gas barrier packaging material and hot water treatment packaging bag
WO2016171173A1 (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially stretched polyester film, and production method therefor
JP2016203630A (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-12-08 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially oriented polyester film and manufacturing method therefor
WO2016190431A1 (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 凸版印刷株式会社 Layered film and packing bag

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200407136A1 (en) * 2018-03-22 2020-12-31 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Barrier laminate film, and packaging material which uses barrier laminate film
US12060207B2 (en) * 2018-03-22 2024-08-13 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Barrier laminate film, and packaging material which uses barrier laminate film
JP2021102349A (en) * 2019-09-19 2021-07-15 大日本印刷株式会社 Barrier film, laminate using the barrier film, packaging product using the laminate
JP7031772B2 (en) 2019-09-19 2022-03-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Barrier film, laminate using the barrier film, packaging product using the laminate
CN112864501A (en) * 2019-11-27 2021-05-28 无锡恩捷新材料科技有限公司 Packaging material for battery and manufacturing method thereof
JP2021133679A (en) * 2020-02-27 2021-09-13 住友ベークライト株式会社 Transparent multilayer film and package
CN117203050A (en) * 2021-04-19 2023-12-08 东丽薄膜先端加工股份有限公司 Laminated body, and method of manufacturing the laminated body
EP4328016A4 (en) * 2021-04-19 2025-08-13 Toray Advanced Film Co Ltd LAMINATE AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE LAMINATE

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018181405A1 (en) Laminate, and bag composed of said laminate
JP2023001195A (en) bag
WO2018052042A1 (en) Pouch
JP2024009168A (en) bag
KR102411863B1 (en) A laminate and packaging bag comprising a polyester film having a furandicarboxylic acid unit and a heat-sealable resin layer
WO2018062331A1 (en) Laminated body
WO2019189490A1 (en) Packaging material and retort pouch or microwavable pouch provided with packaging material
WO2020129291A1 (en) Gas barrier film and production method therefor, packaging film, and packaging bag
JP2023042595A (en) Laminates, packages and packaged articles
JP7124285B2 (en) Laminate and bag composed of the laminate
JP7591193B2 (en) Barrier film, laminate, and packaging container
JP7554387B2 (en) Biaxially oriented polyester film for packaging
JP7056175B2 (en) Laminated body and bag composed of the laminated body
JP7056174B2 (en) Laminated body and bag composed of the laminated body
JP7735042B2 (en) Laminate and bag made of said laminate
JP6424997B1 (en) Sealant film and packaging material
JP7033266B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a laminated body, a bag composed of the laminated body, and the laminated body.
WO2019189479A1 (en) Packaging material and retort pouch or microwavable pouch provided with packaging material
JP2018058358A (en) Laminated body and bag composed of the laminated body
JP7153251B2 (en) Infusion container using a laminate and a lid material composed of the laminate
US20250010593A1 (en) Recyclable packaging film with dimensional stability
JP2025097046A (en) Multilayer film, laminate, packaging bag, packaging product, and selection method of multilayer film
JP2001171035A (en) Laminated material
CN115151422A (en) Laminate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18777185

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18777185

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1